Document:

2008 Performance Incentive Plan

 Exhibit 10.21 
 CHINA DISTANCE EDUCATION HOLDINGS LIMITED 
 2008 PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PLAN 
  

	1.	PURPOSE OF PLAN 

 The purpose of this China Distance
Education Holdings Limited 2008 Performance Incentive Plan (this “Plan”) of China Distance Education Holdings Limited, an exempted company organized under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands, and its successors (the
“Company”), is to promote the success of the Company and to increase shareholder value by providing an additional means through the grant of awards to attract, motivate, retain and reward selected employees and other eligible
persons. 
  

	2.	ELIGIBILITY 

 The Administrator (as such term is
defined in Section 3.1) may grant awards under this Plan only to those persons that the Administrator determines to be Eligible Persons. An “Eligible Person” is any person who is either: (a) an officer (whether or not a
director) or employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; (b) a director of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; or (c) an individual consultant or advisor who renders or has rendered bona fide services (other than services in
connection with the offering or sale of securities of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in a capital-raising transaction or as a market maker or promoter of securities of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) to the Company or one of its
Subsidiaries and who is selected to participate in this Plan by the Administrator; provided, however, that a person who is otherwise an Eligible Person under clause (c) above may participate in this Plan only if such participation would not
adversely affect either the Company’s eligibility to use Form S-8 to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the offering and sale of shares issuable under this Plan by the Company or the
Company’s compliance with any applicable laws. An Eligible Person who has been granted an award (a “participant”) may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional awards if the Administrator shall so determine. As used herein,
“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity that is directly or indirectly Controlled by the Company; “Control” means the power or authority, whether exercised or not, to direct the business, management and
policies of a person, directly or indirectly, or by effective control whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, which power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial
ownership or power to direct the vote of more than 50% of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such person or power to control the composition of the board of directors of such person; the terms
“Controlled” and “Controlling” have the meaning correlative to the foregoing; and “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. 
  

	3.	PLAN ADMINISTRATION 

  

	 	3.1	The Administrator. This Plan shall be administered by and all awards under this Plan shall be authorized by the Administrator. The
“Administrator” means the Board or one or more committees appointed by the Board or another committee (within its delegated authority) to administer all or certain aspects of this Plan. 

  

 1 

 Any such committee shall be comprised solely of one or more directors or such number of directors as may
be required under applicable law. A committee may delegate some or all of its authority to another committee so constituted. The Board or a committee comprised solely of directors may also delegate, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to one
or more officers of the Company, its powers under this Plan (a) to designate officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries who will receive grants of awards under this Plan, and (b) to determine the number of shares subject
to, and the other terms and conditions of, such awards, in each case within the limits established by the Board or another committee within its delegated authority. The Board may delegate different levels of authority to different committees with
administrative and grant authority under this Plan. Unless otherwise provided in the organizing documents of the Company or applicable charter of any Administrator: (a) a majority of the members of the acting Administrator shall constitute a
quorum, and (b) the vote of a majority of the members present assuming the presence of a quorum or the unanimous written consent of the members of the Administrator shall constitute action by the acting Administrator. 
 With respect to awards intended to satisfy the requirements for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the “Code”), this Plan shall be administered by a committee consisting solely of two or more outside directors (as this requirement is applied under Section 162(m) of the Code); provided, however, that the
failure to satisfy such requirement shall not affect the validity of the action of any committee otherwise duly authorized and acting in the matter. Award grants, and transactions in or involving awards, intended to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), must be duly and timely authorized by the Board or a committee consisting solely of two or more non-employee directors (as this requirement is applied under Rule
16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act). To the extent required by any applicable listing agency, this Plan shall be administered by a committee composed entirely of independent directors (within the meaning of the applicable listing agency).

  

	 	3.2	Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the express provisions of this Plan, the Administrator is authorized and empowered to do all things necessary or
desirable in connection with the authorization of awards and the administration of this Plan (in the case of a committee or delegation to one or more officers, within the authority delegated to that committee or person(s)), including, without
limitation, the authority to: 

  

	 	(a)	determine eligibility and, from among those persons determined to be eligible, the particular Eligible Persons who will receive an award under this Plan; 

 

	 	(b)	 grant awards to Eligible Persons, determine the price at which securities will be offered or awarded and the number of securities to be offered or awarded to any of
such persons, determine the other specific terms and conditions of such awards consistent with the express limits of this Plan, establish the installments (if any) 

  

 2 

	 	 
in which such awards shall become exercisable or shall vest (which may include, without limitation, performance and/or time-based schedules), or determine
that no delayed exercisability or vesting is required, establish any applicable performance targets, and establish the events of termination or reversion of such awards; 

  

	 	(c)	approve the forms of award agreements (which need not be identical either as to type of award or among participants); 

  

	 	(d)	construe and interpret this Plan and any agreements defining the rights and obligations of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and participants under this Plan, further define the terms
used in this Plan, and prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of this Plan or the awards granted under this Plan; 

  

	 	(e)	cancel, modify, or waive the Company’s rights with respect to, or modify, discontinue, suspend, or terminate any or all outstanding awards, subject to any required consent
under Section 8.6.5; 

  

	 	(f)	accelerate or extend the vesting or exercisability or extend the term of any or all such outstanding awards (in the case of options or share appreciation rights, within the maximum
ten-year term of such awards) in such circumstances as the Administrator may deem appropriate (including, without limitation, in connection with a termination of employment or services or other events of a personal nature) subject to any required
consent under Section 8.6.5; 

  

	 	(g)	adjust the number of Ordinary Share subject to any award, adjust the price of any or all outstanding awards or otherwise change previously imposed terms and conditions, in such
circumstances as the Administrator may deem appropriate, in each case subject to Sections 4 and 8.6, and provided that in no case (except due to an adjustment contemplated by Section 7 or any repricing that may be approved by shareholders)
shall such an adjustment constitute a repricing (by amendment, substitution, cancellation and regrant, exchange for cash or another award or other means) of the per share exercise or base price of any option or share appreciation right;

  

	 	(h)	determine the date of grant of an award, which may be a designated date after but not before the date of the Administrator’s action (unless otherwise designated by the
Administrator, the date of grant of an award shall be the date upon which the Administrator took the action granting an award); 

  

	 	(i)	determine whether, and the extent to which, adjustments are required pursuant to Section 7 hereof and authorize the termination, conversion, substitution or succession of
awards upon the occurrence of an event of the type described in Section 7; 

  

 3 

	 	(j)	acquire or settle (subject to Sections 7 and 8.6) rights under awards in cash, shares of equivalent value, or other consideration, provided, however, that in no case without
shareholder approval shall the Company effect a “repricing” of a share option or share appreciation right granted under this Plan by purchasing the option or share appreciation right at a time when the exercise or base price of the award
is greater than the fair market value of an Ordinary Share; 

  

	 	(k)	determine the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares or awards under this Plan from time to time and/or the manner in which such value will be determined; and

  

	 	(l)	implement any procedures, steps or additional or different requirements as may be necessary to comply with any laws of the People’s Republic of China (the
“PRC”) that may be applicable to this Plan, any Option or any related documents, including, but not limited to, foreign exchange laws, tax laws and securities laws of the PRC. 

  

	 	3.3	Binding Determinations. Any action taken by, or inaction of, the Company, any Subsidiary, or the Administrator relating or pursuant to this Plan and within its
authority hereunder or under applicable law shall be within the absolute discretion of that entity or body and shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. Neither the Board nor any Board committee, nor any member thereof or person acting at
the direction thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with this Plan (or any award made under this Plan), and all such persons shall be entitled to
indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors
and officers liability insurance coverage that may be in effect from time to time. 

  

	 	3.4	Reliance on Experts. In making any determination or in taking or not taking any action under this Plan, the Administrator may obtain and may rely upon the
advice of experts, including employees and professional advisors to the Company. No director, officer or agent of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be liable for any such action or determination taken or made or omitted in good faith.

  

	 	3.5	Delegation. The Administrator may delegate ministerial, non-discretionary functions to individuals who are officers or employees of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or to third parties. 

  

	4.	ORDINARY SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN; SHARE LIMITS 

  

	 	4.1	Shares Available. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.1, the shares that may be delivered under this Plan shall be shares of the Company’s
authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares. For purposes of this Plan, “Ordinary Shares” shall mean the ordinary shares of the Company and such other securities or property as may become the subject of awards under this Plan, or may
become subject to such awards, pursuant to an adjustment made under Section 7.1. 

  

 4 

	 	4.2	Share Limits. The maximum number of Ordinary Shares that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted to Eligible Persons under this Plan (the “Share
Limit”) is equal to 5% of the total number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the Company’s initial public offering date. The Share Limit shall automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year (i.e.,
October 1 of each calendar year) during the term of this Plan, commencing with October 1, 2008, by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding on the last day of the
immediately preceding fiscal year (i.e., September 30 of the same calendar year), or (ii) such number of Ordinary Shares as may be established by the Board. The following limits also apply with respect to awards granted under this Plan:

  

	 	(a)	The maximum number of Ordinary Shares that may be delivered pursuant to options qualified as incentive stock options granted under this Plan is equal to the Share Limit as in effect
from time to time. 

  

	 	(b)	Additional limits with respect to Performance-Based Awards are set forth in Section 5.2.3. 

 Each of the foregoing numerical limits is subject to adjustment as contemplated by Section 4.3, Section 7.1, and Section 8.10. 

 

	 	4.3	 Awards Settled in Cash, Reissue of Awards and Shares. To the extent that an award granted under this Plan is settled in cash or a form other
than Ordinary Shares, the shares that would have been delivered had there been no such cash or other settlement shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance under this Plan. In the event that Ordinary Shares are delivered in
respect of a dividend equivalent right granted under this Plan, only the actual number of shares delivered with respect to the award shall be counted against the share limits of this Plan. To the extent that Ordinary Shares are delivered pursuant to
the exercise of a share appreciation right or share option granted under this Plan, the number of underlying shares as to which the exercise related shall be counted against the applicable share limits under Section 4.2, as opposed to only
counting the shares actually issued. (For purposes of clarity, if a share appreciation right relates to 100,000 shares and is exercised at a time when the payment due to the participant is 15,000 shares, 100,000 shares shall be charged against the
applicable share limits under Section 4.2 with respect to such exercise.) Shares that are subject to or underlie awards granted under this Plan which expire or for any reason are cancelled or terminated, are forfeited, fail to vest, or for any
other reason are not paid or delivered under this Plan shall again be available for subsequent awards under this Plan. Shares that are exchanged by a participant or withheld by the Company as full or partial payment in connection with any award
under this Plan, as well as any shares exchanged by a participant or withheld by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award, shall not be available for subsequent awards under this Plan.
Refer to Section 8.10 for application of the foregoing share limits with respect to assumed awards. The foregoing 

  

 5 

	 	 
adjustments to the share limits of this Plan are subject to any applicable limitations under Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to awards intended
as performance-based compensation thereunder. 

  

	 	4.4	Reservation of Shares; No Fractional Shares; Minimum Issue. The Company shall at all times reserve a number of Ordinary Shares sufficient to cover
the Company’s obligations and contingent obligations to deliver shares with respect to awards then outstanding under this Plan (exclusive of any dividend equivalent obligations to the extent the Company has the right to settle such rights in
cash). No fractional shares shall be delivered under this Plan. The Administrator may pay cash in lieu of any fractional shares in settlements of awards under this Plan. No fewer than 100 shares may be purchased on exercise of any award (or, in the
case of share appreciation or purchase rights, no fewer than 100 rights may be exercised at any one time) unless the total number purchased or exercised is the total number at the time available for purchase or exercise under the award.

  

	5.	AWARDS 

  

	 	5.1	Type and Form of Awards. The Administrator shall determine the type or types of award(s) to be made to each selected Eligible Person. Awards may be granted
singly, in combination or in tandem. Awards also may be made in combination or in tandem with, in replacement of, as alternatives to, or as the payment form for grants or rights under any other employee or compensation plan of the Company or one of
its Subsidiaries. The types of awards that may be granted under this Plan are: 

 5.1.1 Share Options. A
share option is the grant of a right to purchase a specified number of Ordinary Shares during a specified period as determined by the Administrator. An option may be intended as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Code (an “ISO”) or a nonqualified stock option (an option not intended to be an ISO). The award agreement for an option will indicate if the option is intended as an ISO; otherwise it will be deemed to be a nonqualified stock
option. The maximum term of each option (ISO or nonqualified) shall be ten (10) years. The per share exercise price for each option shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value of an Ordinary Share on the date of grant of the option.
When an option is exercised, the exercise price for the shares to be purchased shall be paid in full in cash or such other method permitted by the Administrator consistent with Section 5.5. 
 5.1.2 Additional Rules Applicable to ISOs. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time of grant of
the applicable option) of shares with respect to which ISOs first become exercisable by a participant in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, taking into account both Ordinary Shares subject to ISOs under this Plan and shares subject to ISOs under
all other plans of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (or any parent or predecessor corporation to the extent required by and within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder), such options shall be
treated as nonqualified stock options. In reducing the number of options treated as ISOs to meet the $100,000 limit, the most recently granted options shall be reduced first. To the 

  

 6 

 
extent a reduction of simultaneously granted options is necessary to meet the $100,000 limit, the Administrator may, in the manner and to the extent
permitted by law, designate which Ordinary Shares are to be treated as shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO. ISOs may only be granted to employees of the Company or one of its subsidiaries (for this purpose, the term
“subsidiary” is used as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, which generally requires an unbroken chain of ownership of at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of each subsidiary in the chain
beginning with the Company and ending with the subsidiary in question). There shall be imposed in any award agreement relating to ISOs such other terms and conditions as from time to time are required in order that the option be an “incentive
stock option” as that term is defined in Section 422 of the Code. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time the option is granted, owns (or is deemed to own under Section 424(d) of the Code) outstanding Ordinary Shares
possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company, unless the exercise price of such option is at least 110% of the fair market value of the shares subject to the option and such option by its terms
is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such option is granted. 
 5.1.3 Share Appreciation
Rights. A share appreciation right or “SAR” is a right to receive a payment, in cash and/or Ordinary Shares, equal to the excess of the fair market value of a specified number of Ordinary Shares on the date the SAR is
exercised over the “base price” of the award, which base price shall be set forth in the applicable award agreement and shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value of an Ordinary Share on the date of grant of the SAR. The
maximum term of a SAR shall be ten (10) years. 
 5.1.4 Other Awards. The other types of awards that may be granted
under this Plan include: (a) share bonuses, restricted shares, performance shares, share units, phantom shares, dividend equivalents, or similar rights to purchase or acquire shares, whether at a fixed or variable price or ratio related to the
Ordinary Shares, upon the passage of time, the occurrence of one or more events, or the satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions, or any combination thereof; (b) any similar securities with a value derived from the value of or
related to the Ordinary Shares and/or returns thereon; or (c) cash awards granted consistent with Section 5.2 below. 
  

	 	5.2	 Section 162(m) Performance-Based Awards. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any of the types of awards listed in
Section 5.1.4 above may be, and options and SARs granted to officers and employees (“Qualifying Options” and “Qualifying SARS,” respectively) typically will be, granted as awards intended to satisfy the
requirements for “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (“Performance-Based Awards”). The grant, vesting, exercisability or payment of Performance-Based Awards may
depend (or, in the case of Qualifying Options or Qualifying SARs, may also depend) on the degree of achievement of one or more performance goals relative to a pre-established targeted level or level using one or more of the Business Criteria set
forth below (on an absolute or relative basis) for the Company on a consolidated basis or for 

  

 7 

	 	 
one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries, segments, divisions or business units, or any combination of the foregoing. Any Qualifying Option or
Qualifying SAR shall be subject only to the requirements of Section 5.2.1 and 5.2.3 in order for such award to satisfy the requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Any other
Performance-Based Award shall be subject to all of the following provisions of this Section 5.2. 

 5.2.1
Class; Administrator. The eligible class of persons for Performance-Based Awards under this Section 5.2 shall be officers and employees of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries. The Administrator approving
Performance-Based Awards or making any certification required pursuant to Section 5.2.4 must be constituted as provided in Section 3.1 for awards that are intended as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 5.2.2 Performance Goals. The specific performance goals for Performance-Based Awards (other than Qualifying
Options and Qualifying SARs) shall be, on an absolute or relative basis, established based on one or more of the following business criteria (“Business Criteria”) as selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion: earnings per
share, cash flow (which means cash and cash equivalents derived from either net cash flow from operations or net cash flow from operations, financing and investing activities), total shareholder return, gross revenue, revenue growth, operating
income (before or after taxes), net earnings (before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), return on equity or on assets or on net investment, cost containment or reduction, or any combination thereof. These terms are used as
applied under generally accepted accounting principles or in the financial reporting of the Company or of its Subsidiaries. To qualify awards as performance-based under Section 162(m), the applicable Business Criterion (or Business Criteria, as
the case may be) and specific performance goal or goals (“targets”) must be established and approved by the Administrator during the first 90 days of the performance period (and, in the case of performance periods of less than one year, in
no event after 25% or more of the performance period has elapsed) and while performance relating to such target(s) remains substantially uncertain within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. Performance targets shall be adjusted to
mitigate the unbudgeted impact of material, unusual or nonrecurring gains and losses, accounting changes or other extraordinary events not foreseen at the time the targets were set unless the Administrator provides otherwise at the time of
establishing the targets. The applicable performance measurement period may not be less than three months nor more than 10 years. 
 5.2.3
Form of Payment; Maximum Performance-Based Award. Grants or awards under this Section 5.2 may be paid in cash or Ordinary Shares or any combination thereof. Grants of Qualifying Options and Qualifying SARs to any one
participant in any one calendar year shall be subject to the limit set forth in Section 4.2(b). The maximum number of Ordinary Shares which may be delivered pursuant to Performance-Based Awards (other than Qualifying Options and Qualifying
SARs, and other than cash awards covered by the following sentence) that are granted to any one participant in any one calendar year shall not exceed 200,000 shares, either individually or in the aggregate, 

  

 8 

 
subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7.1. In addition, the aggregate amount of compensation to be paid to any one participant in respect of all
Performance-Based Awards payable only in cash and not related to Ordinary Shares and granted to that participant in any one calendar year shall not exceed $1,500,000. Awards that are cancelled during the year shall be counted against these limits to
the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code. 
 5.2.4 Certification of Payment. Before any
Performance-Based Award under this Section 5.2 (other than Qualifying Options and Qualifying SARs) is paid and to the extent required to qualify the award as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code,
the Administrator must certify in writing that the performance target(s) and any other material terms of the Performance-Based Award were in fact timely satisfied. 
 5.2.5 Reservation of Discretion. The Administrator will have the discretion to determine the restrictions or other limitations of the individual awards granted under this Section 5.2
including the authority to reduce awards, payouts or vesting or to pay no awards, in its sole discretion, if the Administrator preserves such authority at the time of grant by language to this effect in its authorizing resolutions or otherwise.

 5.2.6 Expiration of Grant Authority. As required pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code and the
regulations promulgated thereunder, the Administrator’s authority to grant new awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (other than Qualifying Options and
Qualifying SARs) shall terminate upon the first meeting of the Company’s shareholders that occurs in the fifth year following the year in which the Company’s shareholders first approve this Plan. 
  

	 	5.3	Award Agreements. Each award shall be evidenced by either (1) a written award agreement in a form approved by the Administrator and executed by the Company
by an officer duly authorized to act on its behalf, or (2) an electronic notice of award grant in a form approved by the Administrator and recorded by the Company (or its designee) in an electronic recordkeeping system used for the purpose of
tracking award grants under this Plan generally (in each case, an “award agreement”), as the Administrator may provide and, in each case and if required by the Administrator, executed or otherwise electronically accepted by the recipient
of the award in such form and manner as the Administrator may require. The Administrator may authorize any officer of the Company (other than the particular award recipient) to execute any or all award agreements on behalf of the Company. The award
agreement shall set forth the material terms and conditions of the award as established by the Administrator consistent with the express limitations of this Plan. 

  

	 	5.4	 Deferrals and Settlements. Payment of awards may be in the form of cash, Ordinary Shares, other awards or combinations thereof as the
Administrator shall determine, and with such restrictions as it may impose. The Administrator may also require or permit participants to elect to defer the issuance of shares or the settlement of 

  

 9 

	 	 
awards in cash under such rules and procedures as it may establish under this Plan. The Administrator may also provide that deferred settlements include the
payment or crediting of interest or other earnings on the deferral amounts, or the payment or crediting of dividend equivalents where the deferred amounts are denominated in shares. 

  

	 	5.5	Consideration for Ordinary Shares or Awards. The purchase price for any award granted under this Plan or the Ordinary Shares to be delivered pursuant to an
award, as applicable, may be paid by means of any lawful consideration as determined by the Administrator, including, without limitation, one or a combination of the following methods: 

  

	 	•	 	 services rendered by the recipient of such award; 

  

	 	•	 	 cash, check payable to the order of the Company, or electronic funds transfer; 

  

	 	•	 	 notice and third party payment in such manner as may be authorized by the Administrator; 

  

	 	•	 	 the delivery of previously owned Ordinary Shares; 

  

	 	•	 	 by a reduction in the number of shares otherwise deliverable pursuant to the award; or 

  

	 	•	 	 subject to such procedures as the Administrator may adopt, pursuant to a “cashless exercise” with a third party who provides financing for the purposes of
(or who otherwise facilitates) the purchase or exercise of awards. 

 In no event shall any shares newly-issued by the
Company be issued for less than the minimum lawful consideration for such shares or for consideration other than consideration permitted by applicable law. Ordinary Shares used to satisfy the exercise price of an option shall be valued at their fair
market value on the date of exercise. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares unless and until it receives full payment of the exercise or purchase price therefor and any related withholding obligations under Section 8.5 and any
other conditions to exercise or purchase have been satisfied. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the applicable award agreement, the Administrator may at any time eliminate or limit a participant’s ability to pay the purchase or exercise
price of any award or shares by any method other than cash payment to the Company. The Administrator may take all actions necessary to alter the method of Option exercise and the exchange and transmittal of proceeds with respect to participants
resident in the PRC not having permanent residence in a country other than the PRC in order to comply with any applicable PRC laws and regulations, including without limitation PRC foreign exchange, securities and tax laws and regulations.

  

	 	5.6	 Definition of Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Plan, if the Ordinary Shares are listed and actively traded on an internationally
recognized securities exchange (the “Exchange”), then unless otherwise determined or provided by the Administrator in the circumstances, “fair market value” shall mean the closing price (in regular trading) for an Ordinary
Share as reported on the Exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are listed for the date in question or, 

  

 10 

 
if no sales of Ordinary Shares were reported on the Exchange on that date, the closing price for an Ordinary Share as reported by the Exchange on which the
Ordinary Shares are listed for the next preceding day on which sales of Ordinary Shares were reported. The Administrator may, however, provide with respect to one or more Awards that the fair market value shall equal the closing price (in regular
trading) for an Ordinary Share as reported by the Exchange on the last day preceding the date in question or the average of high and low trading prices of an Ordinary Share as reported by the Exchange for the date in question or the most recent
trading day. If the Ordinary Shares are no longer listed or actively traded on the Exchange as of the applicable date, the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares shall be the value as reasonably determined by the Administrator for purposes of the
award in the circumstances. The Administrator also may adopt a different methodology for determining fair market value with respect to one or more awards if a different methodology is necessary or advisable to secure any intended favorable tax,
legal or other treatment for the particular award(s) (for example, and without limitation, the Administrator may provide that fair market value for purposes of one or more awards will be based on an average of closing prices (or the average of high
and low daily trading prices) for a specified period preceding the relevant date). 
  

	 	5.7	Transfer Restrictions. 

 5.7.1 Limitations on Exercise and Transfer. Unless otherwise expressly provided in (or pursuant to) this Section 5.7 or required by applicable law: (a) all awards are non-transferable and shall not be subject
in any manner to sale, transfer, anticipation, alienation, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge; (b) awards shall be exercised only by the participant; and (c) amounts payable or shares issuable pursuant to any award shall be
delivered only to (or for the account of) the participant. 
 5.7.2 Exceptions. The Administrator may permit awards to
be exercised by and paid to, or otherwise transferred to, other persons or entities pursuant to such conditions and procedures, including limitations on subsequent transfers, as the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, establish in writing.
Any permitted transfer shall be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and shall not be for value (other than nominal consideration, settlement of marital property rights, or for interests in an entity in which more
than 50% of the voting interests are held by the Eligible Person or by the Eligible Person’s family members). 
 5.7.3
Further Exceptions to Limits on Transfer. The exercise and transfer restrictions in Section 5.7.1 shall not apply to: 
  

	 	(a)	transfers to the Company (for example, in connection with the expiration or termination of the award), 

  

	 	(b)	the designation of a beneficiary to receive benefits in the event of the participant’s death or, if the participant has died, transfers to or exercise by the participant’s
beneficiary, or, in the absence of a validly designated beneficiary, transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution, 

  

 11 

	 	(c)	subject to any applicable limitations on ISOs, transfers to a family member (or former family member) pursuant to a domestic relations order if approved or ratified by the
Administrator, 

  

	 	(d)	if the participant has suffered a disability, permitted transfers or exercises on behalf of the participant by his or her legal representative, 

  

	 	(e)	the authorization by the Administrator of “cashless exercise” procedures with third parties who provide financing for the purpose of (or who otherwise facilitate) the
exercise of awards consistent with applicable laws and the express authorization of the Administrator, or 

  

	 	(f)	transfers to, or exercise by, a trust in which the participant has more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which the participant controls the management of assets
or an entity in which more than 50% of the voting interests are owned by the participant so long as each such transfer or exercise is in compliance with all applicable laws. 

  

	 	5.8	International Awards. One or more awards may be granted to Eligible Persons who provide services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries outside of the United
States. Any awards granted to such persons may be granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of any applicable sub-plans, if any, appended to this Plan and approved by the Administrator. 

  

	6.	EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE ON AWARDS 

  

	 	6.1	General. The Administrator shall establish the effect of a termination of employment or service on the rights and benefits under each award under this Plan and
in so doing may make distinctions based upon, inter alia, the cause of termination and type of award. If the participant is not an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and provides other services to the Company or one of its
Subsidiaries, the Administrator shall be the sole judge for purposes of this Plan (unless a contract or the award otherwise provides) of whether the participant continues to render services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and the date, if
any, upon which such services shall be deemed to have terminated. 

  

	 	6.2	 Events Not Deemed Terminations of Service. Unless the express policy of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or the Administrator, otherwise
provides, the employment relationship shall not be considered terminated in the case of (a) sick leave, (b) military leave, or (c) any other leave of absence authorized by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or the Administrator;
provided that, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or law or the Administrator otherwise provides, such leave is for a period of not more than three months. In the case of any employee of the Company or
one of its Subsidiaries on an approved leave of absence, continued vesting of the award while on leave from the employ of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries 

  

 12 

	 	 
may be suspended until the employee returns to service, unless the Administrator otherwise provides or applicable law otherwise requires. In no event shall
an award be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the applicable award agreement. 

  

	 	6.3	Effect of Change of Subsidiary Status. For purposes of this Plan and any award, if an entity ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company a termination of
employment or service shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to each Eligible Person in respect of such Subsidiary who does not continue as an Eligible Person in respect of the Company or another Subsidiary that continues as such after giving
effect to the transaction or other event giving rise to the change in status. 

  

	7.	ADJUSTMENTS; ACCELERATION 

  

	 	7.1	Adjustments. Subject to Section 7.2, upon (or, as may be necessary to effect the adjustment, immediately prior to): any reclassification, recapitalization,
share split (including a share split in the form of a share dividend) or reverse share split; any merger, combination, consolidation, or other reorganization; any spin-off, split-up, or similar extraordinary dividend distribution in respect of the
Ordinary Shares; or any exchange of Ordinary Shares or other securities of the Company, or any similar, unusual or extraordinary corporate transaction in respect of the Ordinary Shares; then the Administrator shall equitably and proportionately
adjust (1) the number and type of Ordinary Shares (or other securities) that thereafter may be made the subject of awards (including the specific share limits, maximums and numbers of shares set forth elsewhere in this Plan), (2) the
number, amount and type of Ordinary Shares (or other securities or property) subject to any outstanding awards, (3) the grant, purchase, or exercise price (which term includes the base price of any SAR or similar right) of any outstanding
awards, and/or (4) the securities, cash or other property deliverable upon exercise or payment of any outstanding awards, in each case to the extent necessary to preserve (but not increase) the level of incentives intended by this Plan and the
then-outstanding awards. 

 Unless otherwise expressly provided in the applicable award agreement, upon (or, as may be
necessary to effect the adjustment, immediately prior to) any event or transaction described in the preceding paragraph or a sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company as an entirety, the Administrator shall equitably
and proportionately adjust the performance standards applicable to any then-outstanding performance-based awards to the extent necessary to preserve (but not increase) the level of incentives intended by this Plan and the then-outstanding
performance-based awards. 
 It is intended that, if possible, any adjustments contemplated by the preceding two paragraphs be made in a
manner that satisfies applicable legal, tax (including, without limitation and as applicable in the circumstances, Section 424 of the Code, Section 409A of the Code and Section 162(m) of the Code) and accounting (so as to not trigger
any charge to earnings with respect to such adjustment) requirements. 
  

 13 

 Without limiting the generality of Section 3.3, any good faith determination by the Administrator
as to whether an adjustment is required in the circumstances pursuant to this Section 7.1, and the extent and nature of any such adjustment, shall be conclusive and binding on all persons. 
  

	 	7.2	Corporate Transactions - Assumption and Termination of Awards. Upon the occurrence of any of the following: any merger, combination, consolidation, or other
reorganization; any exchange of Ordinary Shares or other securities of the Company; a sale of all or substantially all the business, shares or assets of the Company; a dissolution of the Company; or any other event in which the Company does not
survive (or does not survive as a public company in respect of its Ordinary Shares); then the Administrator may make provision for a cash payment in settlement of, or for the assumption, substitution or exchange of any or all outstanding share-based
awards or the cash, securities or property deliverable to the holder of any or all outstanding share-based awards, based upon, to the extent relevant under the circumstances, the distribution or consideration payable to holders of the Ordinary
Shares upon or in respect of such event. Upon the occurrence of any event described in the preceding sentence, then, unless the Administrator has made a provision for the substitution, assumption, exchange or other continuation or settlement of the
award or the award would otherwise continue in accordance with its terms in the circumstances: (1) subject to Section 7.4 and unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, each then-outstanding option and SAR shall become
fully vested, all restricted shares then outstanding shall fully vest free of restrictions, and each other award granted under this Plan that is then outstanding shall become payable to the holder of such award; and (2) each award shall
terminate upon the related event; provided that the holder of an option or SAR shall be given reasonable advance notice of the impending termination and a reasonable opportunity to exercise his or her outstanding vested options and SARs (after
giving effect to any accelerated vesting required in the circumstances) in accordance with their terms before the termination of such awards (except that in no case shall more than ten days’ notice of the impending termination be required and
any acceleration of vesting and any exercise of any portion of an award that is so accelerated may be made contingent upon the actual occurrence of the event). 

 Without limiting the preceding paragraph, in connection with any event referred to in the preceding paragraph or any change in control event defined in
any applicable award agreement, the Administrator may, in its discretion, provide for the accelerated vesting of any award or awards as and to the extent determined by the Administrator in the circumstances. 
 The Administrator may adopt such valuation methodologies for outstanding awards as it deems reasonable in the event of a cash or property settlement and,
in the case of options, SARs or similar rights, but without limitation on other methodologies, may base such settlement solely upon the excess if any of the per share amount payable upon or in respect of such event over the exercise or base price of
the award. 
  

 14 

 In any of the events referred to in this Section 7.2, the Administrator may take such action
contemplated by this Section 7.2 prior to such event (as opposed to on the occurrence of such event) to the extent that the Administrator deems the action necessary to permit the participant to realize the benefits intended to be conveyed with
respect to the underlying shares. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator may deem an acceleration to occur immediately prior to the applicable event and/or reinstate the original terms of the award if an event giving
rise to an acceleration does not occur. 
 Without limiting the generality of Section 3.3, any good faith determination by the
Administrator pursuant to its authority under this Section 7.2 shall be conclusive and binding on all persons. 
  

	 	7.3	Other Acceleration Rules. The Administrator may override the provisions of Section 7.2 and/or 7.4 by express provision in the award agreement and may
accord any Eligible Person a right to refuse any acceleration, whether pursuant to the award agreement or otherwise, in such circumstances as the Administrator may approve. The portion of any ISO accelerated in connection with an event referred to
in Section 7.2 (or such other circumstances as may trigger accelerated vesting of the award) shall remain exercisable as an ISO only to the extent the applicable $100,000 limitation on ISOs is not exceeded. To the extent exceeded, the
accelerated portion of the option shall be exercisable as a nonqualified stock option under the Code. 

  

	 	7.4	Golden Parachute Limitation. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 7 to the contrary, in no event shall any award or payment be
accelerated under this Plan to an extent or in a manner so that such award or payment, together with any other compensation and benefits provided to, or for the benefit of, the participant under any other plan or agreement of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, would not be fully deductible by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries for federal income tax purposes because of Section 280G of the Code. If a participant would be entitled to benefits or payments hereunder and under any
other plan or program that would constitute “parachute payments” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then the participant may by written notice to the Company designate the order in which such parachute payments will be reduced or
modified so that the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is not denied federal income tax deductions for any “parachute payments” because of Section 280G of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a participant is a party to an
employment or other agreement with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or is a participant in a severance program sponsored by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, that contains express provisions regarding Section 280G and/or
Section 4999 of the Code (or any similar successor provision), or the applicable award agreement includes such provisions, the Section 280G and/or Section 4999 provisions of such employment or other agreement or plan, as applicable,
shall control as to the awards held by that participant (for example, and without limitation, a participant may be a party to an employment agreement with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries that provides for a “gross-up” as opposed to
a “cut-back” in the event that the Section 280G thresholds are reached or exceeded in connection with a change in control and, in such event, the Section 280G and/or Section 4999 provisions of such employment agreement shall
control as to any awards held by that participant). 

  

 15 

	8.	OTHER PROVISIONS 

  

	 	8.1	Compliance with Laws. This Plan, the granting and vesting of awards under this Plan, the offer, issuance and delivery of Ordinary Shares, and/or the payment of
money under this Plan or under awards are subject to compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to state and federal securities law and federal margin requirements) and to such approvals
by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. The person acquiring any securities under this Plan will, if requested by the Company or one
of its Subsidiaries, provide such assurances and representations to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries as the Administrator may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal and accounting requirements.

  

	 	8.2	No Rights to Award. No person shall have any claim or rights to be granted an award (or additional awards, as the case may be) under this Plan, subject to any
express contractual rights (set forth in a document other than this Plan) to the contrary. 

  

	 	8.3	No Employment/Service Contract. Nothing contained in this Plan (or in any other documents under this Plan or in any award) shall confer upon any Eligible Person
or other participant any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, constitute any contract or agreement of employment or other service or affect an employee’s status as an employee at will, nor
shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries to change a person’s compensation or other benefits, or to terminate his or her employment or other service, with or without cause. Nothing in this
Section 8.3, however, is intended to adversely affect any express independent right of such person under a separate employment or service contract other than an award agreement. 

  

	 	8.4	Plan Not Funded. Awards payable under this Plan shall be payable in shares or from the general assets of the Company, and no special or separate reserve, fund
or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such awards. No participant, beneficiary or other person shall have any right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset (including Ordinary Shares, except as expressly otherwise provided)
of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries by reason of any award hereunder. Neither the provisions of this Plan (or of any related documents), nor the creation or adoption of this Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan
shall create, or be construed to create, a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and any participant, beneficiary or other person. To the extent that a participant, beneficiary or other person
acquires a right to receive payment pursuant to any award hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. 

  

 16 

	 	8.5	Tax Withholding. Upon any exercise, vesting, or payment of any award or upon the disposition of Ordinary Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO
prior to satisfaction of the holding period requirements of Section 422 of the Code, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries shall have the right at its option to: 

  

	 	(a)	require the participant (or the participant’s personal representative or beneficiary, as the case may be) to pay or provide for payment of at least the minimum amount of any
taxes which the Company or one of its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold with respect to such award event or payment; or 

  

	 	(b)	deduct from any amount otherwise payable in cash to the participant (or the participant’s personal representative or beneficiary, as the case may be) the minimum amount of any
taxes which the Company or one of its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold with respect to such cash payment. 

 In any
case where a tax is required to be withheld (including taxes in the PRC where applicable) in connection with the delivery of Ordinary Shares under this Plan (including the sale of Ordinary Shares as may be required to comply with foreign exchange
rules in the PRC for participants resident in the PRC), the Administrator may in its sole discretion (subject to Section 8.1) grant (either at the time of the award or thereafter) to the participant the right to elect, pursuant to such rules
and subject to such conditions as the Administrator may establish, that the Company reduce the number of shares to be delivered by (or otherwise reacquire) the appropriate number of shares, valued in a consistent manner at their fair market value or
at the sales price in accordance with authorized procedures for cashless exercises, necessary to satisfy the minimum applicable withholding obligation on exercise, vesting or payment. In no event shall the shares withheld exceed the minimum whole
number of shares required for tax withholding under applicable law. 
  

	 	8.6	Effective Date, Termination and Suspension, Amendments. 

 8.6.1 Effective Date. This Plan is effective as of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering (the “Effective Date”). This Plan shall be submitted for and
subject to shareholder approval no later than twelve months after the Effective Date. Unless earlier terminated by the Board, this Plan shall terminate at the close of business on the day before the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. After the
termination of this Plan either upon such stated expiration date or its earlier termination by the Board, no additional awards may be granted under this Plan, but previously granted awards (and the authority of the Administrator with respect
thereto, including the authority to amend such awards) shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions and the terms and conditions of this Plan. 
 8.6.2 Board Authorization. The Board may, at any time, terminate or, from time to time, amend, modify or suspend this Plan, in whole
or in part. No awards may be granted during any period that the Board suspends this Plan. 
  

 17 

 8.6.3 Shareholder Approval. To the extent then required by applicable law or any
applicable listing agency or required under Sections 162, 422 or 424 of the Code to preserve the intended tax consequences of this Plan, or deemed necessary or advisable by the Board, any amendment to this Plan shall be subject to shareholder
approval. 
 8.6.4 Amendments to Awards. Without limiting any other express authority of the Administrator under (but
subject to) the express limits of this Plan, the Administrator by agreement or resolution may waive conditions of or limitations on awards to participants that the Administrator in the prior exercise of its discretion has imposed, without the
consent of a participant, and (subject to the requirements of Sections 3.2 and 8.6.5) may make other changes to the terms and conditions of awards. Any amendment or other action that would constitute a repricing of an award is subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 3.2(g). 
 8.6.5 Limitations on Amendments to Plan and Awards. No amendment,
suspension or termination of this Plan or amendment of any outstanding award agreement shall, without written consent of the participant, affect in any manner materially adverse to the participant any rights or benefits of the participant or
obligations of the Company under any award granted under this Plan prior to the effective date of such change. Changes, settlements and other actions contemplated by Section 7 shall not be deemed to constitute changes or amendments for purposes
of this Section 8.6. 
  

	 	8.7	Privileges of Share Ownership. Except as otherwise expressly authorized by the Administrator, a participant shall not be entitled to any privilege of share
ownership as to any Ordinary Shares not actually delivered to and held of record by the participant. Except as expressly required by Section 7.1 or otherwise expressly provided by the Administrator, no adjustment will be made for dividends or
other rights as a shareholder for which a record date is prior to such date of delivery. 

  

	 	8.8	Governing Law; Construction; Severability. 

 8.8.1 Choice of Law. This Plan, the awards, all documents evidencing awards and all other related documents shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands. 
 8.8.2 Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision invalid and unenforceable, the remaining provisions of
this Plan shall continue in effect. 
 8.8.3 Plan Construction. 
  

	 	(a)	 Rule 16b-3. It is the intent of the Company that the awards and transactions permitted by awards be interpreted in a manner that, in the case of participants
who are or may be subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, qualify, to the maximum extent compatible with the express terms of the award, for exemption from matching liability under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. 

  

 18 

	 	 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to any participant for Section 16 consequences of awards or events under awards if an
award or event does not so qualify. 

  

	 	(b)	Section 162(m). Awards under Section 5.1.4 to persons described in Section 5.2 that are either granted or become vested, exercisable or payable based on
attainment of one or more performance goals related to the Business Criteria, as well as Qualifying Options and Qualifying SARs granted to persons described in Section 5.2, that are approved by a committee composed solely of two or more outside
directors (as this requirement is applied under Section 162(m) of the Code) shall be deemed to be intended as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code unless such committee provides otherwise at the
time of grant of the award. It is the further intent of the Company that (to the extent the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or awards under this Plan may be or become subject to limitations on deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code)
any such awards and any other Performance-Based Awards under Section 5.2 that are granted to or held by a person subject to Section 162(m) will qualify as performance-based compensation or otherwise be exempt from deductibility limitations
under Section 162(m). 

  

	 	8.9	Captions. Captions and headings are given to the sections and subsections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not
be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Plan or any provision thereof. 

  

	 	8.10	Share-Based Awards in Substitution for Share Options or Awards Granted by Other Company. Awards may be granted to Eligible Persons in substitution for or in
connection with an assumption of employee share options, SARs, restricted shares or other share-based awards granted by other entities to persons who are or who will become Eligible Persons in respect of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, in
connection with a distribution, merger or other reorganization by or with the granting entity or an affiliated entity, or the acquisition by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, of all or a substantial part of the shares
or assets of the employing entity. The awards so granted need not comply with other specific terms of this Plan, provided the awards reflect only adjustments giving effect to the assumption or substitution consistent with the conversion applicable
to the Ordinary Shares in the transaction and any change in the issuer of the security. Any shares that are delivered and any awards that are granted by, or become obligations of, the Company, as a result of the assumption by the Company of, or in
substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an acquired company (or previously granted by a predecessor employer (or direct or indirect parent thereof) in the case of persons that become employed by the Company or one of its
Subsidiaries in connection with a business or asset acquisition or similar transaction) shall not be counted against the Share Limit or other limits on the number of shares available for issuance under this Plan. 

  

 19 

	 	8.11	Non-Exclusivity of Plan. Nothing in this Plan shall limit or be deemed to limit the authority of the Board or the Administrator to grant awards or authorize any
other compensation, with or without reference to the Ordinary Shares, under any other plan or authority. 

  

	 	8.12	No Corporate Action Restriction. The existence of this Plan, the award agreements and the awards granted hereunder shall not limit, affect or restrict in any
way the right or power of the Board or the shareholders of the Company to make or authorize: (a) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the capital structure or business of the Company or any Subsidiary,
(b) any merger, amalgamation, consolidation or change in the ownership of the Company or any Subsidiary, (c) any issue of bonds, debentures, capital, preferred or prior preference shares ahead of or affecting the capital shares (or the
rights thereof) of the Company or any Subsidiary, (d) any dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Subsidiary, (e) any sale or transfer of all or any part of the assets or business of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (f) any
other corporate act or proceeding by the Company or any Subsidiary. No participant, beneficiary or any other person shall have any claim under any award or award agreement against any member of the Board or the Administrator, or the Company or any
employees, officers or agents of the Company or any Subsidiary, as a result of any such action. 

  

	 	8.13	Other Company Benefit and Compensation Programs. Payments and other benefits received by a participant under an award made pursuant to this Plan shall not be
deemed a part of a participant’s compensation for purposes of the determination of benefits under any other employee welfare or benefit plans or arrangements, if any, provided by the Company or any Subsidiary, except where the Administrator
expressly otherwise provides or authorizes in writing. Awards under this Plan may be made in addition to, in combination with, as alternatives to or in payment of grants, awards or commitments under any other plans or arrangements of the Company or
its Subsidiaries. 

  

 20Indenture Dated as of June 30, 2008

 Exhibit 4.1 
 EXECUTION COPY 
  
  
  
  
  
 NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC.

 SENIOR SUBORDINATED PIK NOTES DUE 2014 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of June 30, 2008 
  
  
 The Bank of New York 

 Trustee 
  
  
  
  
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	13.03
	       (c)
	  	13.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06; 7.07; 13.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03; 13.05
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	13.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	N.A.
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 317(a)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	 318(a)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	13.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 
  

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	 	  	Page
	ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	1
		 	Section 1.01	  	Definitions	  	1
		 	Section 1.02	  	Other Definitions	  	23
		 	Section 1.03	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	24
		 	Section 1.04	  	Rules of Construction	  	24
		
	ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES	  	25
		 	Section 2.01	  	Form and Dating	  	25
		 	Section 2.02	  	Execution and Authentication	  	25
		 	Section 2.03	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	26
		 	Section 2.04	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	26
		 	Section 2.05	  	Holder Lists	  	27
		 	Section 2.06	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	27
		 	Section 2.07	  	Replacement Notes	  	38
		 	Section 2.08	  	Outstanding Notes	  	39
		 	Section 2.09	  	Treasury Notes	  	39
		 	Section 2.10	  	Temporary Notes	  	39
		 	Section 2.11	  	Cancellation	  	40
		 	Section 2.12	  	Defaulted Interest	  	40
		
	ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  	40
		 	Section 3.01	  	Notices to Trustee	  	40
		 	Section 3.02	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	40
		 	Section 3.03	  	Notice of Redemption	  	41
		 	Section 3.04	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	42
		 	Section 3.05	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	42
		 	Section 3.06	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	42
		 	Section 3.07	  	Optional Redemption	  	42
		 	Section 3.08	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	43
		 	Section 3.09	  	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	43
		
	ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS	  	45
		 	Section 4.01	  	Payment of Notes	  	45
		 	Section 4.02	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	46
		 	Section 4.03	  	Reports	  	46
		 	Section 4.04	  	Compliance Certificate	  	47
		 	Section 4.05	  	Taxes	  	48
		 	Section 4.06	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	48
		 	Section 4.07	  	Restricted Payments	  	48
		 	Section 4.08	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	48
		 	Section 4.09	  	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	50
		 	Section 4.10	  	Asset Sales	  	52
		 	Section 4.11	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	54
		 	Section 4.12	  	Liens	  	55

  

 i 

							
		 	Section 4.13	  	Business Activities	  	56
		 	Section 4.14	  	Corporate Existence	  	56
		 	Section 4.15	  	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	56
		 	Section 4.16	  	No Senior Subordinated Debt	  	57
		 	Section 4.17	  	Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	57
		 	Section 4.18	  	Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness	  	58
		 	Section 4.19	  	Payments for Consent	  	58
		 	Section 4.20	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	58
		 	Section 4.21	  	Mission Guarantee	  	59
		
	 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	59
		 	Section 5.01	  	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	  	59
		 	Section 5.02	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	60
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	61
		 	Section 6.01	  	Events of Default	  	61
		 	Section 6.02	  	Acceleration	  	62
		 	Section 6.03	  	Other Remedies	  	63
		 	Section 6.04	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	64
		 	Section 6.05	  	Control by Majority	  	64
		 	Section 6.06	  	Limitation on Suits	  	64
		 	Section 6.07	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	65
		 	Section 6.08	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	65
		 	Section 6.09	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	65
		 	Section 6.10	  	Priorities	  	65
		 	Section 6.11	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	66
		
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	66
		 	Section 7.01	  	Duties of Trustee	  	66
		 	Section 7.02	  	Rights of Trustee	  	67
		 	Section 7.03	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	68
		 	Section 7.04	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	68
		 	Section 7.05	  	Notice of Defaults	  	69
		 	Section 7.06	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	69
		 	Section 7.07	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	69
		 	Section 7.08	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	70
		 	Section 7.09	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc	  	71
		 	Section 7.10	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	71
		 	Section 7.11	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	71
		
	 ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	71
		 	Section 8.01	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	71
		 	Section 8.02	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	72
		 	Section 8.03	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	72
		 	Section 8.04	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	73
		 	Section 8.05	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	74

  

 ii 

							
		 	Section 8.06	  	Repayment to Company	  	74
		 	Section 8.07	  	Reinstatement	  	75
		
	 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	75
		 	Section 9.01	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	75
		 	Section 9.02	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	76
		 	Section 9.03	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	77
		 	Section 9.04	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	78
		 	Section 9.05	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	78
		 	Section 9.06	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	78
		
	 ARTICLE 10 SUBORDINATION
	  	78
		 	Section 10.01	  	Agreement to Subordinate	  	78
		 	Section 10.02	  	Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy	  	78
		 	Section 10.03	  	Default on Designated Senior Debt	  	79
		 	Section 10.04	  	Acceleration of Notes	  	80
		 	Section 10.05	  	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over	  	80
		 	Section 10.06	  	Notice by Company	  	80
		 	Section 10.07	  	Subrogation	  	80
		 	Section 10.08	  	Relative Rights	  	81
		 	Section 10.09	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company	  	81
		 	Section 10.10	  	Distribution or Notice to Representative	  	81
		 	Section 10.11	  	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent	  	81
		 	Section 10.12	  	Authorization to Effect Subordination	  	82
		 	Section 10.13	  	Amendments	  	82
		 	Section 10.14	  	Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent	  	82
		 	Section 10.15	  	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt	  	82
		 	Section 10.16	  	Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights	  	83
		
	 ARTICLE 11 NOTE GUARANTEES
	  	83
		 	Section 11.01	  	Guarantee	  	83
		 	Section 11.02	  	Subordination of Note Guarantee	  	84
		 	Section 11.03	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	84
		 	Section 11.04	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	84
		 	Section 11.05	  	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	85
		 	Section 11.06	  	Releases Following Sale of Assets	  	86
		
	 ARTICLE 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	86
		 	Section 12.01	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	86
		 	Section 12.02	  	Application of Trust Money	  	87
		
	 ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	88
		 	Section 13.01	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	88
		 	Section 13.02	  	Notices	  	88
		 	Section 13.03	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	89

  

 iii 

							
		 	Section 13.04	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	89
		 	Section 13.05	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	90
		 	Section 13.06	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	90
		 	Section 13.07	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	90
		 	Section 13.08	  	Governing Law	  	90
		 	Section 13.09	  	Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial	  	90
		 	Section 13.10	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	91
		 	Section 13.11	  	Successors	  	91
		 	Section 13.12	  	Severability	  	91
		 	Section 13.13	  	Counterpart Originals	  	91
		 	Section 13.14	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	91
		 	Section 13.15	  	Force Majeure	  	91

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE
	Exhibit F	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
	Exhibit G	  	NEXSTAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
	Exhibit H	  	NEXSTAR BROADCASTING’S SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
	Exhibit I	  	NEXSTAR BROADCASTING’S NOTE GUARANTEE

  

 iv 

 INDENTURE dated as of June 30, 2008 among Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), as the obligor, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 The Company and the
Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Senior Subordinated PIK Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 
 “144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of
Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “7% Senior Subordinated Notes” means the 7% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2014 (including any additional notes issued thereunder) issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003, among the Company, as issuer, Mission, as initial guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

 “ABRY” means ABRY Partners, LLC. 
 “ABRYIII” means ABRY Broadcast Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. 
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such specified Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person,
whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset
acquired by such specified Person. 
 “Acquisition Debt” means Indebtedness the proceeds of which are utilized solely to
(x) acquire all or substantially all of the assets or a majority of the Voting Stock of an existing television broadcasting business franchise or station or (y) finance an LMA (including to repay or refinance indebtedness or other
obligations incurred in connection with such acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, and to pay related fees and expenses). 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition,
“control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note at any redemption date, the excess of (A) the present value at such time of
(1) the redemption price of such Note at October 1, 2008 (such redemption price being set forth in the table in Section 3.07(a) plus (2) all required interest payments due on such Note through October 1, 2008 (excluding
accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points and applied quarterly, over (B) the principal amount of such Security on the date of redemption; provided, however, that
in no event shall the Applicable Premium be less than zero. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer
or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights, other than in the ordinary course of business; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of this Indenture described in Sections 4.15 and/or 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.10; and 
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor or the sale of Equity Interests in any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset
Sales: 
 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets or Equity Interests having a fair
market value of $1.0 million or less; 
 (2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries;

 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) the sale or lease of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (5) the sale and leaseback of any assets within 90 days of the acquisition thereof; 
 (6) foreclosures on assets; 
  

 2 

 (7) the disposition of equipment no longer used or useful in the business of such entity;

 (8) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
 (9) a Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07; and 
 (10) the licensing of intellectual property. 
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining
term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the
rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S.
Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such
term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person (or if such Person is a limited liability company, the board of managers of such Person) or similar governing body
or any duly authorized committee thereof. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease
that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Capital Stock” means:

 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership
interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to
receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
  

 3 

 “Cash Equivalents” means (i) United States dollars; (ii) securities issued or
directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having
maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; (iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not
exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with (x) any lender party to the Credit Agreement, (y) any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thompson Bank Watch Rating of
“B” or better, or (z) Brown Brothers Harriman; (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above; (v) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating
Services and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and (vi) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (v) of this
definition. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)
other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal; 
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company; 
 (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or
consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company,
measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or 
 (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board
of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, SA. 
 “Company” means Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., and any and all successors thereto. 
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such
period plus: 
 (1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with (a) an Asset Sale or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  

 4 

 (2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and the Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance
costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to
Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the
extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (4) depreciation, amortization
(including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles and amortization of programming costs but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to
the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent
that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (5) any extraordinary or non-recurring expenses of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (6) any non-capitalized transaction costs incurred in connection with actual or proposed financings, acquisitions or transactions; minus

 (7) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the
ordinary course of business; minus 
 (8) programming rights payments made during such period, in each case, on a consolidated
basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of,
and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Subsidiary of the Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be
permitted at the date of determination to be dividended or otherwise paid to the Company by such Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its
charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders. This paragraph does not apply to the Mission Entities. 
  

 5 

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
sum, without duplication of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with
Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to
Hedging Obligations); 
 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries that was
capitalized during such period; 
 (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such
Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon); and 
 (4) the product of: 
 (a) all cash dividend payments (and non-cash dividend payments in the case of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary) on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, times 
 (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local
statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in
accordance with GAAP; provided that: 
 (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or
that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 
 (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends
or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its
charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; provided that this clause (2) does not apply to the Mission Entities;

  

 6 

 (3) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any
period prior to the date of such acquisition will be excluded; and 
 (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles will be excluded. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of
Directors of the Company or Nexstar Broadcasting, as applicable, who (i) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a
majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election; or (iii) was nominated by Principals beneficially owning at least 20% of the Voting Stock of the Company. 
 “Control Investment Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which (a) directly or indirectly, is in control
of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person and (b) is organized by such Person primarily for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies or a Person controlled by such Person. For purposes
of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be
administered, which office at the dated hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the
Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). 
 “Credit Agreements” means (a) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2005, by and
among the Company, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as syndication agent, and the other lenders party thereto, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral
documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time (including any increase in principal amount whether or not with the same
lenders or agents), and (b) that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2005, by and among Mission, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Bear Stearns Corporate
Lending Inc., as syndication agent, and the other lenders party thereto, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed,
refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time (including any increase in principal amount). 
 “Credit Facilities”
means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing
(including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to 

  

 7 

 
borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or
refinanced in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes
in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the
name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in
whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable
provision of this Indenture. 
 “Designated Senior Debt” means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit
Agreements and (ii) any other Senior Debt permitted hereunder the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Debt.” 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for
which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of
the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital
Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not
repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the provisions of Section 4.07. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt
security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Euroclear” means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York, Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended. 
  

 8 

 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to
Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit
Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted
accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such
other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with
Section 2.01, Section 2.06(b)(iv), Section 2.06(d)(ii), Section 2.06(d)(iii) or Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for
which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of
all or any part of any Indebtedness. 
 “Guarantors” means: 
 (1) any Person that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns; and

 (2) Nexstar Broadcasting upon execution and delivery to the Trustee of the Parent Supplemental Indenture, but only to the extent set forth
therein. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specific Person, the obligations of such Person under
(i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency rates or
commodity prices. 
  

 9 

 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 
 “IAI Global Note” means the global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private
Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 (1) in respect of borrowed money; 
 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 
 (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 
 (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or 
 (6) representing any Hedging Obligations, 
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term
“Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the
specified Person of any indebtedness of any other Person; provided that Indebtedness shall not include the pledge of Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Non-Recourse Debt of that Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 
 (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and 
 (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the
case of any other Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 

 

 10 

 “Initial Notes” means the first $35,623,410 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued
under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means the initial purchasers set forth on Schedule A to the
Purchase Agreement. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor”
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
 “Investments”
means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission,
travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving
effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of
such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. 
 “Issue Date” means June 30, 2008. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on
which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the
next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
 “Letter
of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
 “Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of (i) the aggregate outstanding amount of Indebtedness of each of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are internally available as of the date of calculation on a combined consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to the terms described
in the next paragraph) plus the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and preferred stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries (except preferred stock issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) as of
the last day of such fiscal quarter to (ii) the aggregate Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the last four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are internally available ending on or prior to the date of determination (the
“Reference Period”). 
  

 11 

 For purposes of this definition, (i) the amount of Indebtedness which is issued at a discount shall
be deemed to be the accreted value of such Indebtedness as of the last day of the Reference Period, whether or not such amount is the amount then reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding preferred stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries for which such calculation is made shall be determined on a
pro forma basis as if the Indebtedness and preferred stock giving rise to the need to perform such calculation had been incurred and issued and the proceeds therefrom had been applied, and all other transactions in respect of which such
Indebtedness is being incurred or preferred stock is being issued had occurred, on the first day of such Reference Period. In addition to the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma
basis after giving effect to (i) the incurrence of the Indebtedness of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance of the preferred stock of such Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) giving rise to the
need to make such calculation and any incurrence (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) or repayment of other Indebtedness or preferred stock, at any time subsequent to the beginning of the Reference Period and on or prior to the date of
determination (including any such incurrence or issuance which is the subject of an Incurrence Notice delivered to the Trustee during such period pursuant to clause (xiii) of the definition of Permitted Debt), as if such incurrence or issuance
(and the application of the proceeds thereof), or the repayment, as the case may be, occurred on the first day of the Reference Period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility shall be
computed based upon the average balance of such Indebtedness at the end of each month during such period) and (ii) any acquisition at any time on or subsequent to the first day of the Reference Period and on or prior to the date of
determination (including any such incurrence or issuance which is the subject of an Incurrence Notice delivered to the Trustee during such period pursuant to clause (xiii) of the definition of Permitted Debt), as if such acquisition (including
the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Indebtedness and the issuance of such preferred stock and also including any Consolidated Cash Flow associated with such acquisition) occurred on the first day of the Reference Period giving
pro forma effect to any non-recurring expenses, non-recurring costs and cost reductions within the first year after such acquisition the Company reasonably anticipates in good faith if the Company delivers to the Trustee an officer’s
certificate executed by the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company certifying to and describing and quantifying with reasonable specificity such non-recurring expenses, non-recurring costs and cost reductions. Furthermore, in
calculating Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow, (a) interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the date of determination (including Indebtedness actually incurred on the
date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio) and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness as
in effect on the date of determination and (b) notwithstanding (a) above, interest determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting
after giving effect to the operation of such agreements. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title 

  

 12 

 
retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to
give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 
 “Liquidated
Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “LMA” means a local marketing arrangement, joint sales agreement, time brokerage agreement, shared services agreement, management agreement or similar arrangement pursuant to which a Person, subject to customary preemption
rights and other limitations (i) obtains the right to sell a portion of the advertising inventory of a television station of which a third party is the licensee, (ii) obtains the right to exhibit programming and sell advertising time
during a portion of the air time of a television station or (iii) manages a portion of the operations of a television station. 
 “Mission” means Mission Broadcasting, Inc., and its successors and assigns. 
 “Mission Credit
Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2005, by and among Mission, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending
Inc., as syndication agent, and the other lenders party thereto, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded,
replaced or refinanced from time to time (including any increase in principal amount). 
 “Mission Entities” means Mission
and any Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Mission. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified
Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on
such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale, or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries; and (ii) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss). 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the
sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any
relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required
to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Senior Debt, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established
in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 13 

 “Nexstar Broadcasting” means Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
the indirect parent of the Company, and any successor thereto. 
 “Nexstar Credit Agreement” means that certain Fourth
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit G, without giving effect to any amendment, restatement or other modification thereof or any termination or expiration thereof. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 
 (1) as to which none of the Company, any Guarantor, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute
Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; 
 (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other
Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company, any Guarantor, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated
Maturity; and 
 (3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock
or assets of the Company, any Guarantor, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary). 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
 “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee
by each Guarantor of the Company’s payment obligations under this Indenture and on the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable
under the documentation governing any Indebtedness and in all cases whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now outstanding or hereafter created, assumed or incurred and including, without limitation, interest accruing subsequent to the
filing of a petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or similar proceedings at the rate provided in the relevant documentation, whether or not an allowed claim, and any obligation to redeem or defease any of the
foregoing. 
 “Offering” means the offering of the Notes by the Company. 
  

 14 

 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief
Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the
principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an
employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Parent Supplemental Indenture” means the
supplemental indenture, dated as of the date hereof, among Nexstar Broadcasting, the Company and the Trustee, attached hereto as Exhibit H. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and
Clearstream). 
 “Payment-in-Kind Interest” means interest paid with respect to the Notes by increasing the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes in an amount equal to the amount of interest then due in respect of such Notes. 
 “Permitted Asset
Swap” means, with respect to any Person, the substantially concurrent exchange of assets of such Person (including Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) for assets of another Person, which assets are useful to the business of such
aforementioned Person. 
 “Permitted Business” means any business engaged in by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries
as of the date of this Indenture or any business reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto. 
 “Permitted
Investments” means: 
 (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 
 (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 
  

 15 

 (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or
conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Subsidiary; 
 (4) any Investment made as
a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10; 
 (5) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
 (6) any Investments received in compromise of obligations of such persons incurred in the ordinary course of trade creditors or customers
that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; 
 (7) Hedging Obligations; or 
 (8) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all
other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $5.0 million. 
 “Permitted
Junior Securities” means Equity Interests in the Company or any Guarantor or debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt) to substantially the same extent as, or to a
greater extent than, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Permitted
Liens” means: 
 (1) Liens securing Senior Debt that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

 (2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 (4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition; 
 (5) Liens to secure the
performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 16 

 (6) purchase money security interests encumbering, or Liens otherwise encumbering at the
time of the acquisition thereof by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (i) land, improvements and fixtures (including leaseholds), provided that such security interests and Liens do not secure amounts in excess of $4,000,000 in the
aggregate at any time outstanding for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) equipment, furniture, machinery or other assets hereafter acquired by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for normal business purposes, and
refinancings, renewals and extensions of such security interests and Liens, provided that such security interests and Liens do not secure amounts in excess of $7,500,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding for the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (7) Liens existing on the date hereof; 
 (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 
 (9) Liens incurred with respect to obligations that do not exceed $4.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (10) Liens on assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure Non-Recourse Debt of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (11) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness where the Liens securing indebtedness being refinanced were permitted under this
Indenture; 
 (12) easements, rights-of-way, zoning and similar restrictions and other similar encumbrances or title defects
incurred or imposed, as applicable, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with industry practices; 
 (13) any
interest or title of a lessor under any Capital Lease Obligation; 
 (14) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with
respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 
 (15) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty, including rights of offset and set-off; 
 (16) Liens securing Hedging Obligations which Hedging Obligations relate to indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

 (17) leases or subleases granted to others; 
 (18) Liens under licensing agreements; 
  

 17 

 (19) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding
leases; 
 (20) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default; 
 (21) Liens encumbering property of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consisting of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen,
repairmen and landlords and other Liens arising by operation of law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums which are not overdue or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (if so contested) for which
appropriate reserves with respect thereto have been established and maintained on the books of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP; and 
 (22) Liens encumbering property of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of bids, tenders, statutory obligations, leases, and contracts (other than for Indebtedness) entered into in the
ordinary course of business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Permitted Mission Guarantor Indebtedness” means,
with respect to any Mission Entity, (i) the Guarantee of the 7% Senior Subordinated Notes in an amount not to exceed $200 million in aggregate outstanding principal amount, (ii) the Guarantee of the Indebtedness created under the Nexstar
Credit Agreement in an amount not to exceed the amount of Indebtedness that is permitted to be Guaranteed in respect of the Nexstar Credit Agreement under the Mission Credit Agreement as in effect on March 31, 2008, or (iii) any Guarantee
of a Mission Entity in respect of any refinancing, extension, renewal, replacement, defeasance or refund of the 7% Senior Subordinated Notes or the Nexstar Credit Agreement, provided, that such refinancing, extension, renewal, replacement,
defeasance or refund constitutes, in each case, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness. 
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness”
means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 
 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value,
if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the
Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith); 
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; 
  

 18 

 (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable
to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and 
 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company, by a Guarantor, or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Principals” means (i) ABRY and its Control Investment Affiliates, including ABRY III and (ii) the members of management of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company,
in each case, together with any spouse or immediate family member (including adoptive children), estate, heirs, executors, personal representatives and administrators of such Person. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture
except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means that certain Purchase
Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2008, among the Company, Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc., as a Guarantor, and the initial purchasers set forth in Schedule A thereto. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2008, by and among the Company and
the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global
Note” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a
denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Note initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Related Party” means: 
 (1) any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or
immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Principal; or 
  

 19 

 (2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders,
partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1). 
 “Representative” means this Indenture Trustee or other Trustee, agent or representative for any Senior Debt. 
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee
(or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any
other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who should have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Payment” has the meaning set forth in the Nexstar Credit Agreement. 
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day restricted period as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means all current and future Domestic Subsidiaries of the Company, other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and all
Mission Entities, other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act”
means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Senior Debt” means (i) all Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor outstanding under Credit Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto, (ii) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture unless the instrument
under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, and (iii) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding 

  

 20 

 
clauses (i) and (ii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt shall not include (w) any liability for federal,
state, local or other taxes owed or owing to the Company, (x) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owing to the Company or any of its Affiliates; (y) any trade payables; and (z) the
portion of any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, the 7% Senior Subordinated Notes do not constitute Senior Debt for purposes of this Indenture. 
 “Senior Guarantees” means the Guarantee by any Guarantor of Obligations under the Credit Facilities. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1–02
of Regulation S–X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof. 
 “Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such
Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: (i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more
than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or Trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at
the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner
of which is such person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). 
 “Supplemental Indenture” means a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is
qualified under the TIA. 
 “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury
securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical
Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to October 1, 2008; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to
October 1, 2008, is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear 

  

 21 

 
interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are
given, except that if the period from the redemption date to October 1, 2008 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 “Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions
of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent
global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and
registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company or Mission that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the
extent that such Subsidiary: 
 (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms
of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or Mission; 

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation
(a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company or a Mission Entity as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be
evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was
permitted by the terms of Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of
this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date pursuant to Section 4.09, the 

  

 22 

 
Company will be in default under such section. The Board of Directors of the Company or Mission may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if
(1) such Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to Section 4.09 calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would
be in existence following such designation. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the
Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time
entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means,
when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required
payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (y) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (b) the
then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any specified Person
means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 Section 1.02 Other
Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15(a)
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Blockage Notice”
	  	10.03(a)(ii)
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07

  

 23 

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
 “indenture security Holder”
means a Holder of a Note; 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
 “obligor” on the Notes and any Note Guarantee means the Company and any Guarantor, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the
Notes and any Note Guarantee, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference
to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04 Rules of
Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
 (e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 
 (f) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
  

 24 

 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may
have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1.00, or if Payment-in-Kind
Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 (in each case in aggregate principal amount). 
 The terms and
provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and
provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend
thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and
without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges
and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
 (c) Euroclear and
Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and
“Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
 Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. The Company’s seal shall be reproduced on the Notes and may be in facsimile form. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

  

 25 

 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. Such signature
shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the
Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue, of which $35,623,410.00 will be issued on the date of this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever
the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment
(“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar”
includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the
name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or
Registrar. 
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the
Global Notes. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to
the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders
or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it
as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
  

 26 

 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all
Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the
Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice
from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120
days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect
to the Trustee. Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in
whole or in part, as provided in Section 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and
exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), Section 2.06(c) or Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of
Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.
Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall
require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S
Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchasers). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 
  

 27 

 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection
with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or
an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) both (1) a written order from a
Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged
and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon consummation
of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of
Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes
or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery
in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note. A
beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and: 
 (A) such
exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a
transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the
Company; 
  

 28 

 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by an Initial Purchaser pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or
transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company
shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be
exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c)
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
 (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to
Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder
of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
(2)(a) thereof; 
  

 29 

 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required
by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if
such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions
from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
  

 30 

 (ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder
of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement and the Holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by an Initial Purchaser pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount
of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the
appropriate principal amount . Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 

  

 31 

 
2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall
instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer
and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the
Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such Restricted
Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required
by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(c) thereof, 

  

 32 

 
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause
(A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such
Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the
case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a
Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by an Initial Purchaser pursuant to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following:

 (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (2) if the
Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the
Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and
in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the
conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may
exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to 

  

 33 

 
a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an
exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) above at a
time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in
an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive
Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such
registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by
such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this
Section 2.06(e). 
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant
to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by
item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive
Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case
of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person
who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  

 34 

 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) any such transfer is effected by an Initial Purchaser pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder
in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted
Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted
Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes
pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers,
(y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal
amount. 
  

 35 

 (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive
Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 (i) Private
Placement Legend. 
 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes
issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR)
EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED,
SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION
5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT 
 (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY 
 (i)(a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
(AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN
PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN
“INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER
IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), 
 (ii) TO THE ISSUER, OR

 (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF
THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND 
  

 36 

 (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE
SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.” 
 (C) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global
Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the
Private Placement Legend. 
 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A
SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.” 
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At
such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or
retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such
other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request.

 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange, 

  

 37 

 
but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than
any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid
obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening
of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for
redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in
whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by
notice to the contrary. 
 (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of
Section 2.02 hereof. 
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar
pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 Section 2.07
Replacement Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its
satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the
Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may
suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
  

 38 

 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the
benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08 Outstanding
Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those
delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09
hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of
Section 3.07(b) hereof. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee
receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is
considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent
(other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer
outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of
certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate
definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

  

 39 

 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the disposal of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Company upon its request therefor. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid
or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company, jointly and severally, shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner
plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special
record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’
Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price, provided that
the Trustee be given notice at least 5 days prior to sending the notice of redemption. 
 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be
Redeemed. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall
select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata
basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 
  

 40 

 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the
case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be
redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. No Notes of $1,000 or less can be redeemed in part; provided, however, that if Payment-in-Kind Interest is paid, the same may
be redeemed in a minimum amount of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 (in each case in aggregate principal amount). 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.03, at least 30 days but
not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state (including CUSIP number): 
 (a) the redemption date; 
 (b) the redemption
price; 
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
 (f) that, unless
the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes or the portion of Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided,
however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such
notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
  

 41 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice of redemption may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption
date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes pursuant to Article 8 hereof or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article 12 hereof. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption
may not be conditional. 
 Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption Price. 
 One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary
to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. 
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the
preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest
payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption
because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid
principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed in
Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the
Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) The Company shall have the option to redeem the
Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, during the periods and at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 October 1, 2008 to June 30, 2009
	  	101.00	%
	 July 1, 2009 to September 30, 2009
	  	101.75	%
	 October 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009
	  	102.50	%
	 January 1, 2010 to January 14, 2011
	  	109.75	%
	 January 15, 2011 to January 14, 2012
	  	106.50	%
	 January 15, 2012 to January 14, 2013
	  	103.25	%
	 January 15, 2013 to January 15, 2014
	  	100.00	%

  

 42 

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time from
January 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010 the Company may redeem Notes at a redemption price equal to 102.50% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any; provided, that on or prior to
December 31, 2009 the Company or any of its Affiliates enters into a binding and irrevocable agreement to sell, convey or otherwise dispose of all of the Company’s Equity Interests (by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise) or all of
the Company’s assets subject, in each case, to no conditions other than obtaining the approval of the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) for an FCC license transfer in connection with such sale, conveyance or disposition.

 (c) At any time prior to October 1, 2008, subject to Section 3.07(d), the Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the
option of the Company. The redemption price will be equal to (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus (ii) accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the rights of Holders on relevant
record dates to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), plus (iii) the Applicable Premium, if any. 
 (d) Any
redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 
 The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with
respect to the Notes. 
 Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an
“Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period
of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period
(the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered,
all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  

 43 

 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment
date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the
Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which
shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09
and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
 (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and
the Purchase Date; 
 (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrete or accrue interest; 
 (d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or
accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to
have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
 (f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale
Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company,
or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (g) that Holders shall be entitled
to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder,
the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed
appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and 
  

 44 

 (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date, the
Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all
Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary
or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and
accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any
unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to
the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 

The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the
Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in
immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. Payment-in-Kind Interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee is directed by the Company on or prior to such date to increase the principal amount of the Notes in an amount equal to the amount of the
applicable Payment-in-Kind Interest. 
 The Company shall pay interest in cash (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest in cash (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  

 45 

 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate
of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that
no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The Company hereby
designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. 
 Section 4.03 Reports. 
 (a) Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company
shall furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q
and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual
financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. In addition, following
consummation of the Exchange Offer, whether or not required by the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above with the SEC for public availability within the time
periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Company shall at all times comply with
TIA § 314(a). 
 (b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts
and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (c) If the Company or any Guarantor has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed
presentation, either on the face of the 

  

 46 

 
financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 (d) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall
not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely
exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the
end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred
and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto. 
 (b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation)
that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any
such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

 (c) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of
any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  

 47 

 Section 4.05 Taxes. 
 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental
levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay,
extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives
all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as
though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 
 The Company and each Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make a Restricted Payment
unless such Restricted Payment is permitted pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Nexstar Credit Agreement. 
 Section 4.08
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit
any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other
interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (c) transfer any of its properties or assets
to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, 
 The preceding restrictions shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing
under or by reason of: 
 (i) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of this Indenture and
any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, 

  

 48 

 
refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those
contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture; 
 (ii) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (iii) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 
 (iv) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was
incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so
acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
 (v) customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 
 (vi) purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (c) above; 
 (vii) contracts for the sale of assets, including without limitation any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Subsidiary that restricts
distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 
 (viii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that
the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (ix) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to
dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (x) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in
joint venture agreements, assets sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xi) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (xii) agreements governing Indebtedness of Mission permitted to be incurred under this Indenture. 
  

 49 

 Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly, or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified
Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company or any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock or
preferred stock if the Company’s Leverage Ratio at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock, as the case may be, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or
issuance as of such date and to the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarter period of the Company for which internal financial statements are available, would
have been no greater than 7.0 to 1. 
 The provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 shall not prohibit the incurrence of
any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (i) the incurrence by the Company or the
Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) and related
Guarantees under the Credit Agreement; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries then classified as having been incurred pursuant to this clause (i) after giving effect to
such incurrence, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (i) does not exceed an amount equal to $275.0 million less the aggregate amount
applied by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to permanently reduce the availability of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements pursuant to Section 4.10; 
 (ii) the incurrence by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness; 
 (iii) the
incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (iv) the incurrence by
the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (v) the incurrence by the Company or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (x) any subsequent event or issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in
any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each
case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (v); 
  

 50 

 (vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are
incurred in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency, commodity or interest rate risk (including with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding)
in connection with the conduct of their respective businesses and not for speculative purposes; 
 (vii) the Guarantee by the Company of
Indebtedness of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; 
 (viii) the Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor; 
 (ix) Indebtedness consisting of customary indemnification, adjustments of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in
connection with the acquisition of any business or assets; 
 (x) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries
constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation to letters of credit in respect to workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance, or other
Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are
reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence; 
 (xi) Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries
represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or
equipment whether through the direct purchase of assets or at least a majority of the Voting Stock of any person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million at any time outstanding; 
 (xii) Obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and completion Guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (xiii) Acquisition Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary if (w) such Acquisition Debt is
incurred within 270 days after the date on which the related definitive acquisition agreement or LMA, as the case may be, was entered into by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (x) the aggregate principal amount of such Acquisition Debt
is no greater than the aggregate principal amount of Acquisition Debt set forth in a notice from the Company to the Trustee (an “Incurrence Notice”) within ten days after the date on which the related definitive acquisition
agreement or LMA, as the case may be, was entered into by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, which notice shall be executed on the Company’s behalf by the chief financial officer of the Company in such capacity and shall describe in
reasonable detail the 

  

 51 

 
acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, which such Acquisition Debt shall be incurred to finance, (y) after giving pro forma effect to the
acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, described in such Incurrence Notice, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Acquisition Debt under this Indenture as of the date upon which the Company delivers such Incurrence
Notice to the Trustee and (z) such Acquisition Debt is utilized solely to finance the acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, described in such Incurrence Notice (including to repay or refinance indebtedness or other obligations incurred in
connection with such acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, and to pay related fees and expenses); and 
 (xiv) the incurrence by the
Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, including Attributable Debt incurred after the date of this Indenture, in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including
all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xiv), not to exceed $10.0 million. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than
one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xiv) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted to classify such item of
Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. In addition, the Company may, at any time, change the classification of an item of Indebtedness, or any portion thereof, to any other clause or to
the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, provided that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to incur the item of Indebtedness, or portion of the item of Indebtedness, under the other clause or the first paragraph of
this Section 4.09, as the case may be, at the time of reclassification. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the accretion of accreted value shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for
purposes of this Section 4.09. 
 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
 (i) The Company or the Guarantor (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal
to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; 
 (ii) the fair market value is
determined by the Company’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 
 (iii) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash
or Cash Equivalents, except to the extent the Company is undertaking a Permitted Asset Swap. For purposes of this provision and the next paragraph, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
  

 52 

 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s, such Guarantor’s or such Restricted
Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by
the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; and 
 (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company, such Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are
converted by the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary within 90 days into cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion. 
 The 75% limitation referred to in clause (iii) above shall not apply to any Asset Sale in which the cash or Cash Equivalents portion of the
consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with the preceding provision, is equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be permitted to consummate an Asset Sale without complying
with the foregoing if: 
 (x) the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale
at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or other property sold, issued or otherwise disposed of: 
 (y) the fair market value
is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 
 (z) at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes a controlling interest in a Permitted Business, assets used or useful in a
Permitted Business and/or cash; 
 provided that any cash (other than any amount deemed cash under clause (iii)(A) of the preceding
paragraph) received by the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any Asset Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall constitute Net Proceeds subject to the provisions of the next paragraph.

 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary
may apply those Net Proceeds at its option: 
 (i) to permanently repay or repurchase Senior Debt of the Company or any Guarantor;

 (ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business; 

 

 53 

 (iii) to make a capital expenditure; or 
 (iv) to acquire other assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business. 
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in
any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the
preceding paragraph shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness
that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such
other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of
purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount
of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon
completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 (c) The Company shall comply with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 
 (d) The Company shall, and shall cause the
Restricted Subsidiaries to utilize the proceeds of sales of assets received by it in accordance with clause (k) of Section 4.07 as if such proceeds were the Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale. 
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”),
unless: 
 (a) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than
those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
  

 54 

 (b) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 
 (i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, a
resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested
members of the Board of Directors; and 
 (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $7.5 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national
standing. 
 The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of
the prior paragraph: 
 (A) any employment agreement entered into by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course
of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (B) transactions between or among the Company and/or the Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (C) loans, advances, payment of reasonable fees, indemnification of directors, or similar arrangements to officers,
directors, employees and consultants who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company; 
 (D) sales of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company; 
 (E) transactions under any contract or agreement in effect on the date
hereof as the same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as any amendment, modification, or replacement is no less favorable to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries than the contract or agreement as in effect on the
date of this Indenture; and 
 (F) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of this Indenture
described under Section 4.07. 
 Section 4.12 Liens. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt, or trade payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens. 
  

 55 

 Section 4.13 Business Activities. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses,
except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.14
Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and
keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time)
of the Company or any such Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right,
license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the
Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase ( the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a
notice to each Holder stating: (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no
earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; (4) that, unless the Company
defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; (5) that Holders electing to have any
Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified
in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business
on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder
is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased
portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under 

  

 56 

 
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of Notes in connection with a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of this Indenture. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit
with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an
Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such
Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new
Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.15, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, the Company will either repay all
outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this covenant. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of
Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 4.15, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set
forth in this Section 4.15 and Section 3.09 hereof and all other provisions of this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of
Control Offer. 
 Section 4.16 No Senior Subordinated Debt. 
 The Company shall not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee, or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of
payment to any Senior Debt of the Company and senior in any respect in right of payment to the Notes. No Guarantor shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinated or junior in right
of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor and senior in any respect in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. 
 Section 4.17 Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit
any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or any Guarantor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if (i) the Company or that Guarantor could have
(a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt 

  

 57 

 
relating to such sale and leaseback transaction and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12
hereof, (ii) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the
Trustee, of the property that is the subject of such sale and leaseback transaction and (iii) the transfer of assets in such sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company or such Guarantor applies the proceeds of such
transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof. 
 Section 4.18 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of
Indebtedness. 
 Except for any Indebtedness of a Mission Entity described in the first parenthetical of Section 4.21, the
Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to incur Indebtedness or guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other of the Company’s Indebtedness or that of any Restricted Subsidiary unless
either the Restricted Subsidiary 
 (a) is a Guarantor or 
 (b) simultaneously executes and delivers a Supplemental Indenture to this Indenture and becomes a Guarantor hereunder which Guarantee shall 
 (i) with respect to any Guarantee of Senior Debt, be subordinated in right of payment on the same terms as the Notes are subordinated to the Senior
Debt; and 
 (ii) with respect to any Guarantee of any other Indebtedness, be senior to or rank equal to the Restricted Subsidiary’s
other Indebtedness or Guarantee of or pledge to secure the other Indebtedness. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, any Guarantee by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon any sale, exchange, or transfer, to any Person, of all of the Company’s stock in, or all or
substantially all the assets of the Restricted Subsidiary, which sale, exchange, or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 Section 4.19 Payments for Consent. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall
not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of
this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or
agreement. 
 Section 4.20 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a
Restricted Subsidiary 

  

 58 

 
is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 shall be calculated by reducing the
amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.10(i) of the Nexstar Credit Agreement by the amount of such Investment or, at the option of the Company, the amount available under item (8) of the definition of Permitted
Investments shall be reduced by the amount of such Investment. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the redesignation would not cause a Default. 
 Section 4.21 Mission Guarantee. 
 If any Mission Entity incurs any Indebtedness (other than (i) any
Indebtedness incurred under the Mission Credit Agreement so long as the amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the amount of Indebtedness that is outstanding thereunder and can be borrowed under the Mission Credit Agreement as in effect on
March 31, 2008 or (ii) any Indebtedness of such Mission Entity in respect of any refinancing, extension, renewal, replacement, defeasance or refund of the Indebtedness incurred under the Mission Credit Agreement, provided, that such
refinancing, extension, renewal, replacement, defeasance or refund constitutes Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, or (iii) Permitted Mission Guarantor Indebtedness), then the Company shall cause such Mission Entity to become a party to the
Registration Rights Agreement and to execute a Supplemental Indenture to this Indenture to effectuate its Note Guarantee under Article 11 hereof, and such Note Guarantee shall be subordinated to any Senior Debt to the same extent as the Guarantee of
the 7% Senior Subordinated Notes; provided, further, that if all or substantially all of the assets of Mission and its Subsidiaries existing at such time are held by such Subsidiaries, the Company may cause such Subsidiaries, rather than Mission, to
provide such Note Guarantee and execute such Supplemental Indenture. For purposes of this Section 4.21, accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the accretion of accreted value pursuant to the terms of the
Mission Credit Agreement, Nexstar Credit Agreement or the 7% Senior Subordinated Notes, as applicable, as each is in effect on March 31, 2008 shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 

 Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
 The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving
corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another
Person; unless: 
 (i) either: (x) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or 

  

 59 

 
to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United
States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; 
 (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement
pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default
exists; and 
 (iv) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made (x) shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at
the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09, or (y) would have a lower Leverage
Ratio immediately after the transaction, after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period, than the Company’s Leverage Ratio immediately prior to
the transaction. 
 (v) the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such merger complies with this Section 5.01 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

 The preceding clause (iv) shall not prohibit: (x) a merger between the Company and one of the Company’s Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries; or (y) a merger between the Company and one of the Company’s Affiliates incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating in another state of the United States. 
 In addition, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related
transactions, to any other Person. The provisions of this Section 5.01 shall not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.

 Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made
shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the 

  

 60 

 
provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise
every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation
to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 Section 6.01 Events of Default. 
 An “Event of Default” occurs if: 
 (a) the Company defaults in the payment when due of
interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture; 
 (b) the Company defaults in the payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon
redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture; 
 (c) the Company fails to comply with any of the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof; 
 (d) the Company
fails to comply with any of the provisions of Sections 4.07, 4.09 or 4.10 hereof for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single
class; 
 (e) the Company fails to observe or perform any other covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement in this Indenture, the
Notes for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class; 
 (f) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after
the date hereof, which default (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness at the final Stated Maturity thereof or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case,
the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness described under clauses (i) and (ii) aggregates $5.0 million or more; 
 (g) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money not covered by insurance are entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction
against the Company or any 

  

 61 

 
of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgment or judgments remain undischarged for a period (during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of 60
days, provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $5.0 million; 
 (h) the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case, 
 (i) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
 (ii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
 (iii) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
 (iv) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 
 (v) a court of competent jurisdiction
enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (vi) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
an involuntary case; 
 (vii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of
the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (viii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; 
 (j) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any
reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee; or 
 (k) the Company fails to comply with any of the provisions of Section 4.21 hereof and such default continues for a period of five (5) Business
Days. 
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Significant
Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the 

  

 62 

 
then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable
immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken
as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written
notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest
or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
 In the event of a declaration of
acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result of the acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause (f) of Section 6.01, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be
automatically annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness described in clause (f) of Section 6.01 have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of the Indebtedness within 30 days of the date of the declaration and if:

 (a) the annulment of the acceleration of Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and

 (b) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the
acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 
 If an Event of Default occurs on or after the date of this Indenture by reason of
any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to
Section 3.07 hereof, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the extent permitted by law, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding.

 Upon the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default, the applicable rate of interest payable on the Notes shall be
increased by one percent (1%) (and shall be payable in cash) until such time as such Default or Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any
available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the
extent permitted by law. 
  

 63 

 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of
all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes
(including in connection with an offer to purchase). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 

 Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06
Limitation on Suits. 
 A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
 (a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

(c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss,
liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if
requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
 (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to
prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
  

 64 

 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages,
if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not
be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment
in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent
lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be
entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due
the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities
and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10 Priorities. 
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all
compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
  

 65 

 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal,
premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and interest, respectively; and

 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by
any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10%
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be
determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture
against the Trustee; and 
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the
statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the 

  

 66 

 
requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements
of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The
Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (ii) the Trustee
shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it
pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way
relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require
the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the
Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest
on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and
complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
  

 67 

 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided
in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or
indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of
the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 
 (h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any
Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and
such notice references the Securities and this Indenture. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the
Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and
duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it
shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of
any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  

 68 

 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee
of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
 Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with
the May 15 following the date hereof, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described
in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA
§ 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the
SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 The Company and the Guarantor shall, jointly and severally, pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation
shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company and the Guarantor shall, jointly and severally, reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made
by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 The Company and the Guarantor shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses
incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and
defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss,
liability or expense shall have been caused by its own negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve
the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The
Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  

 69 

 The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge
of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the
Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or
Section 6.01(h) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or
an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a custodian or public officer
takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the expense of the
Company), the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  

 70 

 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails
to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as
Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08,
the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09
Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of
its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed
shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Company may,
at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions
set forth below in this Article 8. 
  

 71 

 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal
Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding”
only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of
and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding
Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due,
(b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection
therewith and (d) this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its
obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.20 hereof and clause (iv) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date
the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration
or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding
for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall
not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under
Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(c) through 6.01(f) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

  

 72 

 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 
 (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will
be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the
applicable redemption date, as the case may be; 
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since
the date hereof, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain
or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not
occurred; 
 (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the
proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article 8 concurrently with such incurrence) or insofar as Sections 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) hereof is concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of
deposit; 
 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any
material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may be subject to customary exceptions) to the effect that on the 91st
day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; 
  

 73 

 (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and 
 (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05 Deposited
Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money
and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04
hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company
acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, but such money need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other
charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law
is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall
deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to
effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or
(if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and
all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the 

  

 74 

 
expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or
governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes
any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment
from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of
Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 
 (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect
or inconsistency; 
 (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of
Article 2 hereof (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder; 
 (c) to provide for
the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 hereof; 
 (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note; 
 (e) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of
this Indenture under the TIA; 
  

 75 

 (f) to allow any Guarantor to execute a Supplemental Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to
the Notes, including a Guarantee from Nexstar Broadcasting and a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.21. 
 Upon the request of the Company
accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the
Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the
Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this
Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 hereof), the Note Guarantees and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any
existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or
compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Without the consent of at least 75% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer
for, or purchase of, such Notes), no waiver or amendment to this Indenture may make any change relating to (1) the provisions of Article 10 hereof that adversely affect the rights of any Holder of Notes or (2) release of any Guarantor from
any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this
Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any
such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02
hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or
otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
  

 76 

 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After
an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice,
or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this
Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose
Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter
or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes except as provided above with respect to Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof; 
 (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
 (e) make any Note payable in money other
than that stated in the Notes; 
 (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or interest on the Notes; 
 (g) make any change in Section 6.04 and 6.07 hereof
or in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions; or 
 (h) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note except as provided above
with respect to Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then
in effect. 
  

 77 

 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and
every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may
revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and
thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for
all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully
protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or
permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 SUBORDINATION 
 Section 10.01 Agreement to Subordinate. 
 The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the
extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of
the holders of Senior Debt. 
 Section 10.02 Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy. 
 Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, in an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of the Company’s assets and liabilities: 
 (a) holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest after
the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt) before Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes (except that Holders may receive (A) Permitted Junior
Securities, (B) payments and other distributions made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof and (C) Payment-in-Kind Interest); and 
  

 78 

 (b) until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt (as provided in clause (i) above) are paid in
full, any distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be made to holders of Senior Debt (except that Holders of Notes may receive (A) Permitted Junior Securities, (B) payments and other distributions made
from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof and (C) Payment-in-Kind Interest), as their interests may appear. 
 Section 10.03 Default on Designated Senior Debt. 
 (a) The Company may not make any payment or distribution to the
Trustee or any Holder in respect of Obligations with respect to the Notes and may not acquire from the Trustee or any Holder any Notes for cash or property (other than (A) Permitted Junior Securities, (B) payments and other distributions
made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof and (C) Payment-in-Kind Interest) until all principal and other Obligations with respect to the Senior Debt have been paid in full if: 
 (i) a default in the payment of any principal or other Obligations with respect to Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable
grace period in the agreement, indenture or other document governing such Designated Senior Debt; or 
 (ii) a default, other than a payment
default, on Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of the Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of the default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from a
Person who may give it pursuant to Section 10.11 hereof. If the Trustee receives any such Payment Blockage Notice, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be effective for purposes of this Section unless and until (A) at least 360 days
shall have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice and (B) all scheduled payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash. No nonpayment
default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not
less than 90 days. 
 (b) The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in respect of the Notes and may acquire them upon
the earlier of: 
 (i) the date upon which the default is cured or waived, or 
  

 79 

 (ii) in the case of a default referred to in clause (ii) of Section 10.03(a) hereof, 179 days
pass after notice is received if the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt has not been accelerated, 
 if this Article 10 otherwise permits the payment,
distribution or acquisition at the time of such payment or acquisition. 
 Section 10.04 Acceleration of Notes. 
 If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Debt of the acceleration.

 Section 10.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 
 In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes at a time when the Trustee or such Holder,
as applicable, has actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited by Section 10.03 hereof, such payment shall be held by the Trustee or such Holder, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written
request, to, the holders of Senior Debt as their interests may appear or their Representative under this Indenture or other agreement (if any) pursuant to which Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for
application to the payment of all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full in accordance with their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or
for the holders of Senior Debt. 
 With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such obligations on the
part of the Trustee as are specifically set forth in this Article 10, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe
any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior
Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10, except if such payment is made as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee. 
 Section 10.06 Notice by Company. 
 The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying
Agent of any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10, but failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt as
provided in this Article 10. 
 Section 10.07 Subrogation. 
 After all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of Notes shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other
Indebtedness pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes have been applied to the payment of
Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on the Notes. 
  

 80 

 Section 10.08 Relative Rights. 
 This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and holders of Senior Debt. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
 (a) impair, as between the Company and Holders of Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and
interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; 
 (b) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of the Company
other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or 
 (c) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Notes from exercising its
available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to Holders of Notes. 
 If the Company fails because of this Article 10 to pay principal of or interest on a Note on the due date, the failure is still a Default or Event of
Default. 
 Section 10.09 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company. 
 No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to
act by the Company or any Holder or by the failure of the Company or any Holder to comply with this Indenture. 
 Section 10.10
Distribution or Notice to Representative. 
 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the
distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative. 
 Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred
to in this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or agent or other
Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount
thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. 
 Section 10.11 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. 
 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other
provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the 

  

 81 

 
Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days
prior to the date of such payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10. Only the Company or a Representative may give the notice. Nothing in this Article 10
shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof. 
 The Trustee in its individual or
any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. 
 Section 10.12 Authorization to Effect Subordination. 
 Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof,
authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article 10, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder’s
attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time
to file such claim, the Representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 10.13 Amendments. 
 The provisions of this Article 10 shall not be amended or modified without the written
consent of the holders of all Senior Debt. 
 Section 10.14 Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent. 

 Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be
entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or similar case or proceeding is pending,
or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, Custodian, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes, for the
purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon
and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article. 
 Section 10.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt. 

 The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if the
Trustee shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Notes or to the Company or to any other person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article or otherwise.
With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of
Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. 
  

 82 

 Section 10.16 Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s
Rights. 
 The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this
Article with respect to any Senior Debt which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent of any of its rights as such
holder. 
 Nothing in this Article shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07. 

ARTICLE 11 
 NOTE GUARANTEES

 Section 11.01 Guarantee. 
 Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors
and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due,
whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will
be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full
when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a Guarantee of payment and not a Guarantee of collection. 
 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the
Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the
same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the
Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in 

  

 83 

 
relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore
discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation
in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee,
on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become
due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under
the Guarantee. 
 Section 11.02 Subordination of Note Guarantee. 
 The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 shall be junior and subordinated to the Senior Guarantee and Senior
Debt of such Guarantor on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive and/or retain payments by any of
the Guarantors only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article 10 hereof. 
 Section 11.03 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of
Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the
Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of
such Guarantor will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from
or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance. 
 Section 11.04 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 
 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the
form included in Exhibit E (or, with respect to the Guarantee given by Nexstar Broadcasting pursuant to the Parent Supplemental Indenture dated as of the date hereof, Exhibit I) shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each
Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents. 
  

 84 

 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in full
force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose signature is
on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in
this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 The Notes will be Guaranteed by, among others, each of the Company’s current and future
Domestic Subsidiaries and the Company shall cause each current or future Domestic Subsidiary to execute Supplemental Indentures to this Indenture to effectuate its Note Guarantee under this Article 11. 
 Section 11.05 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.06, no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the
surviving Person), or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: 
 (a) either (1) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally
assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, this Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein or
(2) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, including Section 4.10; and 
 (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 
 In case of
any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the
Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been
named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company 

  

 85 

 
and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note
Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of
the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or
another Guarantor. 
 Section 11.06 Releases Following Sale of Assets. 
 The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released: 
 (a) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either immediately before or immediately after giving
effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10 hereof; or 
 (b) in connection with any sale of all Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that is not (either immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale complies with
Section 4.10 hereof; or 
 (c) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (d) in connection with any transaction whereby a Guarantor is no longer a
Restricted Subsidiary immediately after giving effect to such transaction if the transaction complies with Section 4.10 hereof. 
 Upon
delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the conditions precedent to the release of the Note Guarantee have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any documents
reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 Any Guarantor not
released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11. 

ARTICLE 12 
 SATISFACTION AND
DISCHARGE 
 Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 
 (a) either: 
 (i) all Notes that have been
authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or 
  

 86 

 (ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable
by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for
the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness
on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such
deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (c) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes
at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section, the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive such
satisfaction and discharge. 
 Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by
it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto,
of the principal (and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  

 87 

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with
Section 12.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee
or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 13 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 Section 13.02 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier
or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 

Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 c/o Nexstar
Broadcasting Group, Inc. 
 5215 N. O’Connor Blvd.; Suite 1400 
 Irving, Texas 75039 
 Telecopier No.:
972-373-8888 
 Attention: Matthew E. Devine 
 With a copy to: 
 Kirkland & Ellis 
 153 East 53rd Street 
 New York, NY 10022

 Telecopier No.: (212) 446-4900 
 Attention: John Kuehn 
  

 88 

 If to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of New York 
 Corporate Trust Division 
 101 Barclay Street – 8W 
 New York, NY
10286 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 815-5707 
 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail,
certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in
TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives
it. 
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to
Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which
shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  

 89 

 Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the Person
making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement
that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
 Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for
any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases
all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 Section 13.08 Governing Law.

 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES
WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 Section 13.09 Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 Each
party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State Court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or
relating to this 

  

 90 

 
Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the State of New York. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that service of process upon such party at the
address referred to in Section 13.02, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in
any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. 
 Section 13.10 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used
to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 13.11 Successors. 
 All
agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as
otherwise provided in Section 11.06. 
 Section 13.12 Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 13.13 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. 
 Section 13.14 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 13.15 Force Majeure. 
 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances,
nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and 

  

 91 

 
hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to
resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 92 

 SIGNATURES 
 Dated as of June 30, 2008 
  

			
	NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Matthew E. Devine

	Name:	 	Matthew E. Devine
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Carlos R. Luciano

	Name:	 	Carlos R. Luciano
	Title:	 	Vice President

 EXHIBIT A 
 [Face of Note] 
 CUSIP/CINS                  
 Senior Subordinated PIK Notes due 2014 
  

			
	No.         	 	$                 

 NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC. 
 promises to pay to 
  
  
 or registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of 
  
  
 Dollars on January 15, 2014. 
 Interest Payment Dates: July 15 and January 15 
 Record Dates: July 1 and January 1 
 Dated:
                    ,          
  

			
	 NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
		
	 (SEAL)
	 	

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW
YORK
     as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-1 

 [Back of Note] 
 Senior Subordinated PIK Notes due 2014 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. INTEREST. Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount
of this Note on each Interest Payment Date (as defined below) until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, at the rate of (A) 12% per annum from the date hereof to January 15, 2010 and such interest shall be payable
entirely during such period by increasing the principal amount of this Note by an amount equal to the amount of interest then due (“Payment-in-Kind Interest”), (B) 13% per annum, payable entirely in cash, from
January 16, 2010 to July 15, 2010, (C) 13.5% per annum, payable entirely in cash, from July 16, 2010 to January 15, 2011, (D) 14.0% per annum, payable entirely in cash, from January 16, 2011 to
July 15, 2011, (E) 14.5% per annum, payable entirely in cash, from July 16, 2011 to January 15, 2012, and (F) 15% per annum, payable entirely in cash, thereafter. This Note shall bear interest on the increased
principal amount thereof from and after the applicable interest payment date on which a payment of Payment-in-Kind Interest is made. The Company shall pay interest on this Note from June 30, 2008 until maturity, or until this Note is no longer
outstanding, and shall pay the Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company shall pay interest and Liquidated Damages semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and
July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”), provided, however that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 15, 2009.
Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
of twelve 30-day months. Upon the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default, the applicable rate of interest payable on the Notes shall be increased by one percent (1%) (which shall be payable in cash) until such time as such
Default or Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except
defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record
date and on or before such Interest 

  

 A-2 

 
Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium
and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be
made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated
Damages on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of
payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York,
the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
 4. INDENTURE. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company designated as its Senior Subordinated PIK Notes due 2014,
initially issued in the aggregate principal amount of $35,623,410. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 30, 2008 (“Indenture”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those
stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and
such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (a) The Company shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, during the periods and at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set
forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon to the applicable redemption date: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 October 1, 2008 to June 30, 2009
	  	101.00	%
	 July 1, 2009 to September 30, 2009
	  	101.75	%
	 October 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009
	  	102.50	%
	 January 1, 2010 to January 14, 2011
	  	109.75	%
	 January 15, 2011 to January 14, 2012
	  	106.50	%
	 January 15, 2012 to January 14, 2013
	  	103.25	%
	 January 15, 2013 to January 15, 2014
	  	100.00	%

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5,
at any time from January 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010 the Company may redeem Notes at a redemption price equal to 102.50% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus 

  

 A-3 

 
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any; provided, that on or prior to December 31, 2009 the Company or any of its Affiliates enters
into a binding and irrevocable agreement to sell, convey or otherwise dispose of all of the Company’s Equity Interests (by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise) or all of the Company’s assets subject, in each case, to no conditions or
restrictions other than obtaining the approval of the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) for an FCC license transfer in connection with such sale, conveyance or disposition. 
 (c) At any time prior to October 1, 2008, the Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the option of the Company. The redemption
price will be equal to (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus (ii) accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the rights of Holders on relevant record dates to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date), plus (iii) the Applicable Premium, if any. 
 6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 
 Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes. 

7. REPURCHASE AT OPTION HOLDER. 
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of
each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).
Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 (b) If the Company or a Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (as “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for
general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the
subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the
reverse of the Notes. 
  

 A-4 

 8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60
days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a
Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1.00, or if Payment-in-Kind Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and integral multiples of
$1.00 (in each case in aggregate principal amount). The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for
redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period
between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
 10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may
be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the
Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class, and any existing default or compliance with any provision
of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture,
the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s
or Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of
the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to
allow any Guarantor to execute a Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 
 12.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or Liquidated Damages on the Notes whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture;
(ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise whether or not prohibited by
the subordination provisions of the Indenture, (iii) failure by the Company to comply with Section 4.15 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 30 days 

  

 A-5 

 
after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to
comply with Section 4.07, 4.09 or 4.10 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single
class to comply with certain other agreements in the Indenture; (vi) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which default is caused by a failure to pay principal of such
Indebtedness at the final maturity thereof or results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case the principal amount of all such Indebtedness aggregate $5.0 million or more; (vii) failure by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $5.0 million not covered by insurance, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (ix) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to
be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee; and (x) failure by the Company for 5 Business Days after notice to the Company
by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with Section 4.21 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect
to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further
action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise
of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or Liquidated Damages) if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or
Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Liquidated Damages on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually
a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
 13. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 14.
NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in

  

 A-6 

 
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
 15. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 16. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be
used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform
Gifts to Minors Act). 
 17. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the
rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2008, among the Company,
the Guarantor and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 
 18.
CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon. 
 19. GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE NOTES WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 20. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New
York and of any New York State Court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the State of New York. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that service of process upon such party at the
address referred to in Section 13.02 of the Indenture, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all rights to
trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby. 
  

 A-7 

 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture
and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 c/o Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. 
 5215 N.
O’Connor Blvd., Suite 1400 
 Irving, Texas 75039 
 Attention: Matthew E. Devine 
  

 A-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	  	  

		  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

			
	and irrevocably appoint	  	  

	
	to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 Date:
                         
  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

  

			
	 ̈  Section 4.10	  	 ̈  Section 4.15

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $
            
 Date:
                         
  

					
	Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)	 	

					
			
		 	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	  

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-10 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another
Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease (or
increase)	  	Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or Note
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-11 

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 c/o Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. 
 5215 N. O’Connor Blvd., Suite 1400 
 Irving, Texas 75039 
 The Bank of New York 
 Corporate Trust Division 
 101 Barclay Street – 8W 
 New York, NY 10286 
 Re: Senior Subordinated PIK Notes due
2014 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2008 (the “Indenture”), between Nexstar
Broadcasting, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantor party thereto, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
                         , (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or
interests (the “Transfer”), to                                  (the
“Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in
the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for
its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act 

  

 B-1 

 
and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the
time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was
executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed
selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).
Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on
the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The
Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company
or a subsidiary thereof. 
 or 
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act; 
 or 
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule
904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial
interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is 

  

 B-2 

 
supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect
of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is
in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States
and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and
in the Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption.
(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in
the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  

 B-3 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the
Company. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                         
  

 B-4 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 
 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in the:

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP                 ), or

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                 ),
or 

 (b)  ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 
 2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 
 [CHECK ONE] 
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 
  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP                 ), or

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note
(CUSIP                 ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note
(CUSIP                 ); or 

 (b)  ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 
 (c)  ̈ an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, 
 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 B-5 

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 c/o Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. 
 5215 N. O’Connor Blvd., Suite 1400 
 Irving, Texas 75039 
 The Bank of New York 
 Corporate Trust Division 
 101 Barclay Street – 8W 
 New York, NY 10286 
 Re: Senior Subordinated PIK Notes due
2014 
 (CUSIP                 )

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2008 (the “Indenture”), between Nexstar
Broadcasting, Inc., as issuer (“Company”), the Guarantor party thereto, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
                         ,
(the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests
(the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1.  ̈ Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and
in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted
Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive 

  

 C-1 

 
Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for
the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange
is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive
Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2.  ̈
 Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted
Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note
is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the 

  

 C-2 

 
Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with
the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the
proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the
Company. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                         
  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
 Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 c/o Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. 

5215 N. O’Connor Blvd., Suite 1400 
 Irving, Texas 75039 

The Bank of New York 
 Corporate Trust Division 
 101 Barclay Street – 8W 
 New York, NY 10286 
 Re: Senior Subordinated PIK Notes due 2014 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2008 (the “Indenture”), between Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantor party thereto, and The Bank of New
York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with
our proposed purchase of $             aggregate principal amount of: 
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 
 (b)  ̈ a Definitive Note,

 we confirm that: 
 1. We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may
not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so
only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor”
(as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal
amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of 

  

 D-1 

 
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United
States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we
further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser
that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest
therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We
further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional “accredited
investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our
investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment
discretion. 
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy
hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                         
  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
 [FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE] 
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor
Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of June 30, 2008 (the “Indenture”) between
Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at
maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the
Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full
when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and
the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by
such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee
attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose; provided, however, that the Indebtedness evidenced by this Note Guarantee shall cease to be so subordinated and subject in right of payment upon any defeasance of this Note in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture. 
  

			
	[                ]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 E-1 

 EXHIBIT F 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of         ,
among                  (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of
                 (or its permitted successor), a [Delaware] corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in
the Indenture referred to herein) and                 , as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Company
has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of June 30, 2008 providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $35,623,410 of Senior Subordinated PIK Notes
due 2014 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set
forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to
execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows: 
 (a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 
 (i) the principal of and interest, and premium, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and
interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other 

  

 F-1 

 
obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms
hereof and thereof; and 
 (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or
any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. 
 (b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by
any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or
defense of a guarantor. 
 (c) The following is hereby waived: diligence presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with
a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. 
 (d) This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the
Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 
 (e) If any Holder or
the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the
Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. 
 (g) As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors
for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. 
  

 F-2 

 (h) The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying
Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee. 
 (i) Pursuant
to Section 11.03 of the Indenture, after giving effect to any maximum amount and any other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections
from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture, this new Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount
permissible such that the obligations of such Guarantor under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees to execute the Note Guarantee as provided by Section 11.04 of the Indenture and Exhibit E thereto and to recognize that the Note Guarantees shall remain in full
force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY
CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS. 
 (a) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate with or merge with or into
(whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation, Person or entity whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: 
 (i) subject to Sections 11.05 and 11.06 of the Indenture, either (1) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or
disposition or, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein or (2) the net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable
provisions of the Indenture, including Section 4.10; and 
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
Default or Event of Default exists. 
 (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the
assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the
covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor
corporation 

  

 F-3 

 
thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have
been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
 (c)
Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 and Section 11.06 of Article 11 of the Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a
Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
 5. RELEASES. 
 (a) in
connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such
transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10 of the Indenture; or 
 (b) in connection with any sale of all Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that is not (either immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale complies with
Section 4.10 of the Indenture; or 
 (c) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; 
 (d) in connection with any
transaction whereby a Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary immediately after giving effect to such transaction if the transaction complies with Section 4.10 of the Indenture. 
 Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the conditions precedent to the
release of the Note Guarantee have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the
Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture. 
 6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past,
present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note
Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any 

  

 F-4 

 
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public
policy. 
 7. GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 8. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State Court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, the Note
Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought
in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the
State of New York. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 13.02 of the Indenture, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed
effective service of process upon such party. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. 
 9. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 10. EFFECT OF HEADINGS.
The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 11. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee
shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing
Subsidiary and the Company. 
  

 F-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and
attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:             ,
     
  

			
	NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK 
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 F-6 

 EXHIBIT G 
 NEXSTAR CREDIT AGREEMENT 
 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc.’s Form 8-K
(File No. 000-50478), filed on April 6, 2005 and Exhibit 10.121 of Nexstar Broadcasting Group Inc.’s Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006. 
  

 G-1 

 EXHIBIT H 
 NEXSTAR BROADCASTING’S SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this
“Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of June 30, 2008, among Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. (the “Guaranteeing Parent”), the parent of Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Company desires to execute contemporaneously with this
Supplemental Indenture and deliver to the Trustee an indenture (the “Original Indenture” and as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”), dated the date hereof, providing for the
issuance of the Company’s Senior Subordinated PIK Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Guaranteeing Parent
desires to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture as an inducement and condition to the purchase of the Notes by the Initial Purchasers, and pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Parent shall unconditionally guarantee all of the
Company’s financial Obligations under the Notes and the Original Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Original Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guaranteeing Parent, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Original Indenture. 
 2. Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Parent hereby agrees as follows: 
 (a) Along with all Guarantors under the Indenture, to jointly and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered
by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, that: 
 (i) the principal of and interest, and premium, if
any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other financial obligations of
the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
  

 H-1 

 (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other financial obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed
for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. 
 (b) The
obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to
any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. 
 (c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or
bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. 
 (d) This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete satisfaction of the financial obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Parent accepts all financial obligations of a Guarantor under the
Indenture. 
 (e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors,
or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be
reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (f) The Guaranteeing Parent shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in
relation to the Holders in respect of any financial obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all financial obligations guaranteed hereby. 
 (g) As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the financial obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of
the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the financial obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of such financial obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such financial obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

  

 H-2 

 (h) The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying
Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee. 
 (i) Pursuant
to Section 11.03 of the Original Indenture, after giving effect to any maximum amount and any other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any
collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 11 of the Original Indenture, this new Note Guarantee shall be limited
to the maximum amount permissible such that the financial obligations of the Guaranteeing Parent under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 (j) The obligations of the Parent Guarantor under this Note Guarantee shall be junior and subordinated to the Senior Guarantee and Senior
Debt of the Parent Guarantor on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive and/or retain payments by
the Parent Guarantor only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture, including Article 10 thereof. 
 (k) As used in this Supplemental Indenture and in Sections 11.01, 11.02, 11.03 and 11.04 of the Original Indenture only, the terms
“Guarantor” or “Guarantors” shall include the Parent Guarantor and any other Guarantor of the Notes under the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Supplemental Indenture to the contrary, other than with
respect to this Supplemental Indenture and Sections 11.01, 11.02, 11.03 and 11.04 of the Original Indenture, the Guaranteeing Parent will not be considered a Guarantor for any purpose under the Indenture and, therefore, other than as set forth in
this Supplemental Indenture and Sections 11.01, 11.02, 11.03 and 11.04 of the Original Indenture, will not be subject to the Indenture.  
 3. Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Parent agrees to execute the Note Guarantee as provided by Section 11.04 of the Original Indenture and Exhibit E thereto and to recognize that the Note Guarantee shall remain in full
force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 4. No Recourse Against
Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Parent, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guaranteeing Parent under the Notes, any
Note Guarantee, the Original Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

  

 H-3 

 5. GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 6. Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State Court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, the Note
Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought
in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the
State of New York. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 13.02 of the Original Indenture, together with written notice of such service to such party,
shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, the Note
Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. 
 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 8. Effect of
Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 9. The Trustee.
The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the
Guaranteeing Parent and the Company. 
  

 H-4 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and
attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated: June 30, 2008 
  

			
	NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

			
	 NEXSTAR BROADCASTING GROUP, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK
 as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Authorized Signatory

  

 H-5 

 EXHIBIT I 
 NEXSTAR BROADCASTING’S NOTE GUARANTEE 
 For value received, Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. (the
“Parent Guarantor,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture (as defined below)) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in and subject to the provisions in the Indenture (the
“Original Indenture”), dated as of June 30, 2008, between Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as amended by the First Supplemental
Indenture, dated as of hereof, among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor and the Trustee, (the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Original Indenture, the “Indenture”), (a) the due and punctual payment
of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the
extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other financial obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time
of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other financial obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise. The financial obligations of the Parent Guarantor to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in the Supplemental Indenture and reference is hereby made to the
Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action
as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose; provided, however, that the Indebtedness evidenced by
this Note Guarantee shall cease to be so subordinated and subject in right of payment upon any defeasance of this Note in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Note Guarantee to the contrary,
other than with respect to the Supplemental Indenture and Sections 11.01, 11.02, 11.03 and 11.04 of the Original Indenture, the Parent Guarantor will not be considered a “Guarantor” for any purpose under the Indenture and, therefore, other
than with respect to the Supplemental Indenture and Sections 11.01, 11.02, 11.03 and 11.04 of the Original Indenture, will not be subject to the Indenture. 
  

			
	 NEXSTAR BROADCASTING GROUP, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

 I-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00144-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00144-of-00352.parquet"}]]